]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Fix assertion violations in try_window_id (Bug#19511)
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21607 56025 301574 889000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21607 56059
69 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21607 56025
89 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21607 56059
100 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21607 56059 804396
112 ;;;;;; 982000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21607 56023
242 ;;;;;; 800854 237000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21607 56023 800854 237000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21607 56023 800854 237000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21607
841 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21607 56024 801559
900 ;;;;;; 72000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21607 56025 301574
922 ;;;;;; 889000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21607 56023 800854
955 ;;;;;; 237000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21607
982 ;;;;;; 56025 301574 889000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21607 56058 801550
1019 ;;;;;; 360000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21607 56058 801550
1041 ;;;;;; 360000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21607 56058 801550
1157 ;;;;;; 360000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21607 56023 800854 237000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21607 56025
1249 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21607 56025
1456 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21623
1484 ;;;;;; 5708 80843 798000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21607 56023 800854
1497 ;;;;;; 237000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21607 56025
1558 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21607 56023 800854
1569 ;;;;;; 237000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21607
1608 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1618
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1624
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1626
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1628
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1634
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1637
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1644
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1646
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1652
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1654
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21607 56023 800854
1658 ;;;;;; 237000))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1660
1661 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1662 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1666
1667 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1668 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1669 disk changes.
1670
1671 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1673 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1674
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1676
1677 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1678 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1679
1680 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1681 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1682
1683 \(fn)" nil nil)
1684
1685 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1688 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1689 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1690
1691 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1692 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1693 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1694 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1695 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1696
1697 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1698 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1699 writing before you save the file!
1700
1701 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1702
1703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1704
1705 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1706 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1707
1708 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1709 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1710
1711 \(fn)" nil nil)
1712
1713 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1714 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1715 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1718 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1719
1720 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1721
1722 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1723 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1725 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1726 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1727
1728 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1729 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1730 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1731
1732 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1733 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1734 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1735 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1736 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1737
1738 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1739 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1740 specifies in the mode line.
1741
1742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1743
1744 ;;;***
1745 \f
1746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21607 56023 800854 237000))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1748
1749 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1750 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1751 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1753 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1754
1755 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1756
1757 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1758 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1759 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1760 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1761
1762 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1763 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1764 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1765
1766 Effects of the different modes:
1767 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1768 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1769 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1770 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1771 a random distance & direction.
1772 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1773 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1774 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1775
1776 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1777 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1778 definition of \"random distance\".)
1779
1780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1781
1782 ;;;***
1783 \f
1784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21607 56025
1785 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
1786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1787
1788 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1789
1790 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1791 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1792
1793 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1794 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1795 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1796
1797 \\{bat-mode-map}
1798
1799 \(fn)" t nil)
1800
1801 ;;;***
1802 \f
1803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21607 56023 800854
1804 ;;;;;; 237000))
1805 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1806 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1807
1808 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1809 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1810 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1811 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1812
1813 \(fn)" t nil)
1814
1815 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1816 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1817 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1820 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1821
1822 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1823
1824 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1825 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1828 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1829
1830 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1831 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1832 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1833 seconds.
1834
1835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1836
1837 ;;;***
1838 \f
1839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21607
1840 ;;;;;; 56023 800854 237000))
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1842
1843 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1844 Time execution of FORMS.
1845 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1846 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1847 FORMS once.
1848 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1849 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1850 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1851
1852 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1853
1854 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1855
1856 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1857 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1858 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1859 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1860 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1861
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1863
1864 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1865
1866 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1867 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1868 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1869 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1870 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1871
1872 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1873
1874 ;;;***
1875 \f
1876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21607 56059
1877 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
1878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1879
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1881 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1882 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1883 of corresponding buffers.
1884 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1885 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1886 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1887 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1888 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1889
1890 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1891 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1892 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1893
1894 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1895
1896 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1897 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1898
1899 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1900
1901 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1902 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1903 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1904 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1905
1906 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1907 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1908 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1909 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1910 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1911
1912 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1913 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1914
1915
1916 Special information:
1917
1918 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1919
1920 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1921 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1922 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1923 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1924 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1925 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1926 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1927 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1929 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1930 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1931
1932 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1933 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1934 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1935 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1936 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1937 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1938 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1939 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1940
1941 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1942
1943 ----------------------------------------------------------
1944 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1945 if that value is non-nil.
1946
1947 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1948
1949 \(fn)" t nil)
1950
1951 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1952 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1953 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1954 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1955 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1956 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1957 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1958 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1959 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1960 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1961 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1962 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1963
1964 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1965
1966 ;;;***
1967 \f
1968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1969 ;;;;;; (21607 56025 801549 101000))
1970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1971
1972 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1973 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1974
1975 \(fn)" t nil)
1976
1977 ;;;***
1978 \f
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21607 56024 801559
1980 ;;;;;; 72000))
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1982
1983 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1984 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1985
1986 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1987 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1988 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1989
1990 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1991
1992 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1993 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1994
1995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1996
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1999
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2001
2002 ;;;***
2003 \f
2004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21607 56025
2005 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
2006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2007
2008 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2009 Play blackbox.
2010 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2011
2012 What is blackbox?
2013
2014 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2015 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2016 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2017 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2018 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2019 your score.
2020
2021 Overview of play:
2022
2023 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2024 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2025 four.
2026
2027 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2028 movement keys.
2029
2030 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2031 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2032
2033 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2034 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2035
2036 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2037 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2038 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2039 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2040 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2041 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2042
2043 Details:
2044
2045 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2046
2047 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2048 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2049 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2050 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2051
2052 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2053 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2054 denoted by the letter `R'.
2055
2056 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2057 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2058 denoted by the letter `H'.
2059
2060 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2061 example.
2062
2063 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2064 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2065 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2066 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2067 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2068 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2069 ray.
2070
2071 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2072 degree deflection it causes.
2073
2074 1
2075 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2078 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2083 2 3
2084
2085 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2086 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2087
2088
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2097
2098 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2099 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2100 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2101 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2102 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2103 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2104 emerging from the box.
2105
2106 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2107
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2113 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116
2117 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2118 a reflection.
2119
2120 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2121
2122 ;;;***
2123 \f
2124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21607 56058 801550
2125 ;;;;;; 360000))
2126 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2130
2131 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2132 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2133 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2134 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2135 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2136 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2137 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2138
2139 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2140 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2141 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2142
2143 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2144 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2145 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2146 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2147 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2148 recent one.
2149
2150 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2151 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2152 yank successive words.
2153
2154 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2155 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2156 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2157 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2158 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2159
2160 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2161 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2162 the list of bookmarks.)
2163
2164 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2165
2166 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2167 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2168 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2169 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2170 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2171 this.
2172
2173 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2174 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2175 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2176 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2177
2178 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2179 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2180
2181 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2182 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2183 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2184
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2186
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2188 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2189
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2191
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2193 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2194
2195 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2196 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2197 after a bookmark was set in it.
2198
2199 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2200
2201 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2202 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2203
2204 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2205 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2206
2207 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2208
2209 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2210
2211 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2212 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2213 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2214 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2215
2216 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2217 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2218 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2219
2220 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2221 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2222 name.
2223
2224 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2225
2226 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2227 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2228 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2229
2230 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2231 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2232 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2233 this.
2234
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2236
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2238 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2239
2240 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2241 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2242 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2243 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2244 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2245 probably because we were called from there.
2246
2247 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2248
2249 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2250 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2251 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2252
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2254
2255 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2256 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2257 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2259 \(second argument).
2260
2261 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2262 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2263 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2264 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2265 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2266
2267 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2268 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2269 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2270 `bookmark-default-file'.
2271
2272 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2273
2274 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2275 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2276 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2277 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2278 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2279 while loading.
2280
2281 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2282 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2283 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2284 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2285 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2286 explicitly.
2287
2288 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2289 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2290 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2291
2292 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2293
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2295 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2296 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2297 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2298 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2299
2300 \(fn)" t nil)
2301
2302 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2303
2304 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2305
2306 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2307 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2308
2309 \(fn)" t nil)
2310
2311 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2312
2313 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2314
2315 ;;;***
2316 \f
2317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21607 56059
2318 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
2319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2320
2321 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2322 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2323 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2324 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2325
2326 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2327 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2328 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2329 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2330 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2331
2332 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2333
2334 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2335 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2336 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2337 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2338 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2339 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2340
2341 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2342
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2345 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2346 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2347 narrowed.
2348
2349 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2350
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2352 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2353
2354 \(fn)" t nil)
2355
2356 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2358
2359 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2360
2361 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2364 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2365 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2366 first, if that exists.
2367
2368 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2369
2370 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2372 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2373 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2374
2375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2379 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2380 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2381 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2382 to use.
2383
2384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2385
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2387 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2388 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2389 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2390
2391 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2392
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2397
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2400 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2401 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402
2403 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2404 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2405 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2406
2407 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2408 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2414 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2415 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2416
2417 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2418 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2419 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2420 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421
2422 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2423 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2424 new tab in an existing window instead.
2425
2426 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2427 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2428
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2430
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2433 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2434 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2435 Firefox.
2436
2437 When called interactively, if variable
2438 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2439 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2440 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442
2443 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2444 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2445 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2446
2447 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2448 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449
2450 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2451 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2452 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2453 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2454 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2455 URL in a new window.
2456
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2458
2459 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2460 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2461 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2462 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2463 Chromium.
2464
2465 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2466
2467 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2468 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2469 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2470 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2471
2472 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2473 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2474 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2475 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2476
2477 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2478 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2479 new tab in an existing window instead.
2480
2481 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2482 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2483
2484 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2488
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2493 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2494 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2495
2496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2497 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2498 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2499 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500
2501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505
2506 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2507 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2508
2509 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2510 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2511 program is invoked according to the variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2513
2514 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2515 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2516 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2517 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518
2519 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2520 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521
2522 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2523
2524 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2525 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2526 Default to the URL around or before point.
2527
2528 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2529 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2530 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2531
2532 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2533 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2534 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2535 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536
2537 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2538 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539
2540 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2541
2542 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2543 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2544 Default to the URL around or before point.
2545
2546 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2547 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2548 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549
2550 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2551 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552
2553 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2554
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2557 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2558 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2559
2560 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2561
2562 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2563 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2564 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2565 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2566 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2567 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2568
2569 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2570
2571 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2572 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2573 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2574 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2575 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2576
2577 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2578 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2579 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2580 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2581
2582 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2583 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584
2585 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2586
2587 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2588 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2589 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2590 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2591 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2592 current one.
2593
2594 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2595 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2596 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2597 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2598
2599 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2600 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601
2602 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2603
2604 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2605 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2606 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2607 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2608 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2609 don't offer a form of remote control.
2610
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point.
2616
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2618
2619 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2620 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2621 Default to the URL around the point.
2622
2623 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2624 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2625
2626 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2627 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2628
2629 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2630
2631 ;;;***
2632 \f
2633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21607 56058 801550 360000))
2634 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2635 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2636
2637 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2638 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2639 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2640 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2641
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2643
2644 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2645 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2646 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2647 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2648
2649 \(fn)" t nil)
2650
2651 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2652 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2653
2654 \(fn)" t nil)
2655
2656 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2657 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2658 \\<bs-mode-map>
2659 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2660 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2661 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2662 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2663
2664 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2665 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2666 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2667 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2668 name of buffer configuration.
2669
2670 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2671
2672 ;;;***
2673 \f
2674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21607 56059 303525
2675 ;;;;;; 127000))
2676 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2677
2678 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2679 Play Bubbles game.
2680 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2681 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2682 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2683 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2684 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2685 columns on its right towards the left.
2686
2687 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2691
2692 \(fn)" t nil)
2693
2694 ;;;***
2695 \f
2696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2697 ;;;;;; (21607 56025 301574 889000))
2698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2699
2700 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2701
2702 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2703 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2706 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2707
2708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2709
2710 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2711 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2712
2713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2714
2715 ;;;***
2716 \f
2717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21607
2718 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
2719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2720 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2721 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723
2724 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2725
2726 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2727 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2728 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2729 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2730 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2731 else the global value will be modified.
2732
2733 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2734
2735 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2736 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2737 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2738 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2739 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2740 else the global value will be modified.
2741
2742 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2743
2744 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2745 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2746 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2747
2748 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2749
2750 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2752 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2753 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2754
2755 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2756 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2757 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2758 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2759 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2760 before scanning it.
2761
2762 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2763 that already has a `.elc' file.
2764
2765 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2766 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2767
2768 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2769 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2770 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2771 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2772 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2773 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2774
2775 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2778 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2779 Print the result in the echo area.
2780 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2781
2782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2783
2784 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2785 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2786 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2787
2788 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2789
2790 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2791 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2792 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2793 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2794 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2795 all functions called by those functions.
2796
2797 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2798 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2799 cons, etc.).
2800
2801 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2802 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2803 invoked interactively.
2804
2805 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2806
2807 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2808 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2809 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2810 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2811
2812 \(fn)" nil nil)
2813
2814 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2815 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2816 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2817 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2818 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2819 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2820 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2821 already up-to-date.
2822
2823 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2824
2825 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2827 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2828 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2829
2830 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2831 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2832 and corresponding effects.
2833
2834 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2835
2836 ;;;***
2837 \f
2838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21607
2839 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
2840 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2841
2842 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2843
2844 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2845
2846 ;;;***
2847 \f
2848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21607 56023
2849 ;;;;;; 800854 237000))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2851
2852 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2853
2854 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2855
2856 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2857
2858 ;;;***
2859 \f
2860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21607
2861 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2863
2864 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2865 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2866 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2867 from the cursor position.
2868
2869 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2870
2871 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2872
2873 ;;;***
2874 \f
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21607 56058 801550 360000))
2876 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2877 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2878
2879 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2880 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2881
2882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2883
2884 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2885 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2886
2887 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2888
2889 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2890 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2891
2892 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2893
2894 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2895 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2896
2897 \(fn)" t nil)
2898
2899 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2900 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2901 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2902 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2903
2904 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2905
2906 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2907 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2908 This is most useful in the X window system.
2909 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2910 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2911
2912 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2913
2914 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2915 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2916 See calc-keypad for details.
2917
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2919
2920 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2921 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2922
2923 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2924
2925 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2926 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2927
2928 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2929
2930 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2931 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2932
2933 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2934
2935 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2936 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2937 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2938
2939 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2940
2941 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2942 Define Calc function.
2943
2944 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2945 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2946 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2947
2948 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2949 actual Lisp function name.
2950
2951 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2952
2953 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2954
2955 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2956
2957 ;;;***
2958 \f
2959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21607 56023
2960 ;;;;;; 800854 237000))
2961 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2962
2963 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2964
2965
2966 \(fn N)" t nil)
2967
2968 ;;;***
2969 \f
2970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21607 56058 801550
2971 ;;;;;; 360000))
2972 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2973
2974 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2975 Run the Emacs calculator.
2976 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2977
2978 \(fn)" t nil)
2979
2980 ;;;***
2981 \f
2982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21607 56058
2983 ;;;;;; 801550 360000))
2984 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2985
2986 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2987 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2988 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2989 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2990 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2991 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2992
2993 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2994 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2995 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2996 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2997 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2998 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2999 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3000 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3001 window.
3002
3003 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3004 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3005
3006 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3007 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3008 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3009 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3010 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3011 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3012
3013 Runs the following hooks:
3014
3015 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3016 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3017 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3018 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3019
3020 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3021
3022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3023
3024 ;;;***
3025 \f
3026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21607 56024 300834
3027 ;;;;;; 853000))
3028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3029
3030 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3031 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3032
3033 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3034
3035 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3036 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3037 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3038 it fails.
3039
3040 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3041
3042 ;;;***
3043 \f
3044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21607
3045 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
3046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3047
3048 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3049 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3050 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3051 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3052 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3053
3054 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3055 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3056 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3057 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3058 restriction to ASCII.
3059
3060 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3061
3062 capitalizedWorDD
3063 ^ ^ ^^
3064
3065 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3066 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3067 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3068
3069 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3070 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3071 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3072 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3073 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3074 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3075 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3076
3077 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3078 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3079
3080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3081
3082 ;;;***
3083 \f
3084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21607
3085 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
3086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3087
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3089 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3090
3091 \(fn)" nil nil)
3092
3093 ;;;***
3094 \f
3095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21607 56059
3096 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
3097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3098
3099 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3100 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3101
3102 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3103 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3104
3105 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3106 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3107
3108 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3109
3110 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3111 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3112 made from scratch.
3113
3114 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3115
3116 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3117 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3118
3119 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3120 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3121 made from scratch.
3122
3123 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3124
3125 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3126 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3127
3128 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3129
3130 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3131 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3132 made from scratch.
3133
3134 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3135
3136 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3137 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3138
3139 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3140 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3141 made from scratch.
3142
3143 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3144
3145 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3146 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3147
3148 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3149
3150 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3151 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3152 made from scratch.
3153
3154 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3155
3156 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3157 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3158
3159 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3160 variables are guessed:
3161
3162 * `c-basic-offset', and
3163 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3164 `c-offsets-alist'.
3165
3166 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3167 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3168
3169 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3170 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3171
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3174 guess is made from scratch.
3175
3176 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3177 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3178
3179 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3180
3181 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3182 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3183 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3184 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3185
3186 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3187 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3188 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3189
3190 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3191
3192 ;;;***
3193 \f
3194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21607 56059
3195 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
3196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3197
3198 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3199 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3200 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3201 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3202 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3203 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3204 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3205
3206 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3207 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3208 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3209 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3210 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3211 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3212 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3215
3216 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3217 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3218 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3219 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3220 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3221 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3222
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3224
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3227
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{c-mode-map}
3230
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3232
3233 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3234 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3235 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3236 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3237 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3238 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3239 message.
3240
3241 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3242
3243 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3244 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3245
3246 Key bindings:
3247 \\{c++-mode-map}
3248
3249 \(fn)" t nil)
3250 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3251
3252 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3253 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3254 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3255 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3256 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3257 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3258 message.
3259
3260 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3261
3262 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3263 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3264
3265 Key bindings:
3266 \\{objc-mode-map}
3267
3268 \(fn)" t nil)
3269 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3270
3271 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3272 Major mode for editing Java code.
3273 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3274 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3275 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3276 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3277 message.
3278
3279 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3280
3281 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3282 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3283
3284 Key bindings:
3285 \\{java-mode-map}
3286
3287 \(fn)" t nil)
3288 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3289
3290 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3291 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3292 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3293 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3294 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3295 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3296 message.
3297
3298 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3299
3300 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3301 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3302
3303 Key bindings:
3304 \\{idl-mode-map}
3305
3306 \(fn)" t nil)
3307 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3308 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3309
3310 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3311 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3312 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3313 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3314 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3315 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3316 message.
3317
3318 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3319
3320 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3321 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3322
3323 Key bindings:
3324 \\{pike-mode-map}
3325
3326 \(fn)" t nil)
3327 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3328 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3329 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3330 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3331 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3332
3333 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3334 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3335 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3336 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3337 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3338 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3339
3340 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3341
3342 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3343 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3344
3345 Key bindings:
3346 \\{awk-mode-map}
3347
3348 \(fn)" t nil)
3349
3350 ;;;***
3351 \f
3352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21607
3353 ;;;;;; 56025 301574 889000))
3354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3355
3356 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3357 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3358 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3359 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3360
3361 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3362
3363 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3364 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3365 might get set too.
3366
3367 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3368 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3369 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3370 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3371 in this way.
3372
3373 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3374 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3375 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3376 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3377 a null operation.
3378
3379 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3380
3381 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3382 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3383 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3384 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3385
3386 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3387
3388 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3389 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3390 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3391
3392 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3393
3394 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3395 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3396 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3397 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3398 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3399
3400 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3401
3402 ;;;***
3403 \f
3404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21607 56059
3405 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
3406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3407 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3408 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3409 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3410
3411 ;;;***
3412 \f
3413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21607 56024 801559
3414 ;;;;;; 72000))
3415 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3416
3417 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3418 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3419
3420 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3421
3422 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3423 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3424
3425 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3426
3427 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3428 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3429
3430 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3431 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3432 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3433 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3434 execution.
3435
3436 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3437
3438 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3439
3440 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3441 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3442
3443 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3444 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3445 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3446 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3447
3448 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3449 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3450 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3451 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3452 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3453 `write' commands.
3454
3455 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3456 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3457 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3458 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3459
3460 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3461 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3462 semantics.
3463
3464 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3465
3466 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3467
3468 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3469
3470 STATEMENT :=
3471 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3472 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3473
3474 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3475 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3476 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3477 | integer
3478
3479 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3480
3481 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3482 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3483 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3484
3485 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3486 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3487 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3488
3489 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3490 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3491
3492 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3493 BREAK := (break)
3494
3495 REPEAT :=
3496 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3497 (repeat)
3498 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3499 ;; (repeat))
3500 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3501 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3502 ;; (read REG)
3503 ;; (repeat))
3504 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3505 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3506 ;; (read REG)
3507 ;; (repeat))
3508 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3509
3510 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3511 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3512 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3513 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3514 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3515 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3516 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3517 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3518 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3519 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3520 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3521 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3522 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3523 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3524 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3525 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3526
3527 WRITE :=
3528 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3529 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3530 ;; representation.
3531 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3532 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3533 ;; (write r7))
3534 | (write EXPRESSION)
3535 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3536 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3537 ;; representation.
3538 | (write integer)
3539 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3540 ;; buffer.
3541 | (write string)
3542 ;; Same as: (write string)
3543 | string
3544 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3545 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3546 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3547 ;; representation.
3548 | (write REG ARRAY)
3549 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3550 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3551 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3552 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3553 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3554 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3555
3556 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3557 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3558
3559 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3560 END := (end)
3561
3562 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3563 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3564 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3565
3566 ARG := REG | integer
3567
3568 OPERATOR :=
3569 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3570 + | - | * | / | %
3571
3572 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3573 | & | `|' | ^
3574
3575 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3576 | << | >>
3577
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3580 | <8
3581
3582 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3583 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3584 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3585 | >8
3586
3587 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3588 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3589 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3590 | //
3591
3592 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3593 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3594
3595 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3596 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3597 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3598 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3599 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3600 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3601 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3602 | de-sjis
3603
3604 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3605 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3606 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3607 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3608 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3609 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3610 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3611 ;; byte of SJIS.
3612 | en-sjis
3613
3614 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3615 ;; Same meaning as C code
3616 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3617
3618 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3619 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3620 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3621 | <8=
3622
3623 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3624 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3625 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3626
3627 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3628 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3629 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3630 | //=
3631
3632 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3633
3634
3635 TRANSLATE :=
3636 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3637 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3638 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3639 LOOKUP :=
3640 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3641 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3642 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3643 MAP :=
3644 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3645 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3646 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3647 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3648 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3649 MAP-ID := integer
3650
3651 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3652
3653 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3654
3655 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3656 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3657 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3658 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3659 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3660 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3661
3662 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3663
3664 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3665 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3666 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3667
3668 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3669
3670 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3671
3672 ;;;***
3673 \f
3674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21607 56058
3675 ;;;;;; 801550 360000))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3677
3678 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3679 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3680 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3681 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3682
3683 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3684
3685 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3686
3687 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3688 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3689
3690 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3691
3692 ;;;***
3693 \f
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21607 56023 800854
3695 ;;;;;; 237000))
3696 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3697 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3698
3699 ;;;***
3700 \f
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21607 56059
3702 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3704 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3705
3706 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3707 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3708 There are no special keybindings by default.
3709
3710 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3711 to the action header.
3712
3713 \(fn)" t nil)
3714
3715 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3716 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3717 There are no special keybindings by default.
3718
3719 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3720 to the action header.
3721
3722 \(fn)" t nil)
3723
3724 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3725 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3726 on the buffer contents
3727
3728 \(fn)" nil nil)
3729
3730 ;;;***
3731 \f
3732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21607 56024
3733 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
3734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3735 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3736
3737 ;;;***
3738 \f
3739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3740 ;;;;;; (21607 56024 300834 853000))
3741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3742
3743 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3744 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3745 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3746
3747 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3748
3749 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3750 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3751 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3752
3753 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3754
3755 ;;;***
3756 \f
3757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21607
3758 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
3759 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3760 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3761 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3762 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3763 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3764 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3765 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3766 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3767 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3768 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3769
3770 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3771
3772
3773 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3776
3777 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3778 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3779 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3780 the users will view as each check is completed.
3781
3782 \(fn)" t nil)
3783
3784 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3785 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3786 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3787 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3788 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3789 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3790 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3791 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3792
3793 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3794
3795 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3796 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3797 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3798 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3799 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3800 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3801 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3802 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3803
3804 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3805
3806 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3807 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3808 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3809 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3810 spacing are all verified.
3811
3812 \(fn)" t nil)
3813
3814 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3815 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3816 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3817 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3818 otherwise stop after the first error.
3819
3820 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3821
3822 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3823 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3824 Only documentation strings are checked.
3825 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3826 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3827 a separate buffer.
3828
3829 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3830
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3832 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3833 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3834 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3835 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3836
3837 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3838
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3840 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3842 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3843 if there is one.
3844
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3846
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3848 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3849 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3850 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3851 if there is one.
3852 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3853
3854 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3855
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3857 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3858 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3859
3860 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3861
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3863 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3864 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3865 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3866 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3867
3868 \(fn)" t nil)
3869
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3871 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3872 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3873 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3874 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3875 space at the end of each line.
3876
3877 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3878
3879 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3880 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3881 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3882 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3883
3884 \(fn)" t nil)
3885
3886 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3887 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3888 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3889 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3890
3891 \(fn)" t nil)
3892
3893 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3894 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3895 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3896 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3897
3898 \(fn)" t nil)
3899
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3901 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3902 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3903 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3904
3905 \(fn)" t nil)
3906
3907 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3908 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3909 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3910 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3911
3912 \(fn)" t nil)
3913
3914 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3915 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3916 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3917 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3918
3919 \(fn)" t nil)
3920
3921 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3922 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3923 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3924 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3925
3926 \(fn)" t nil)
3927
3928 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3929 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3930 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3931 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3932
3933 \(fn)" t nil)
3934
3935 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3936 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3937 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3938 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3939
3940 \(fn)" t nil)
3941
3942 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3943 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3944 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3945 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3946 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3947
3948 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3949 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3950 checking of documentation strings.
3951
3952 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3953
3954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3955
3956 ;;;***
3957 \f
3958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21607
3959 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
3960 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3961
3962 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3963 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3964 Return the length of resulting text.
3965
3966 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3967
3968 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3969 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3970
3971 \(fn)" t nil)
3972
3973 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3974 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3975 Return the length of resulting text.
3976
3977 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3978
3979 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3980 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3981
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3983
3984 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3985
3986
3987 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3988
3989 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3990
3991
3992 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3993
3994 ;;;***
3995 \f
3996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21607 56023 800854
3997 ;;;;;; 237000))
3998 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3999
4000 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4001 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4002 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4003 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4004 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4005 editing and the result is evaluated.
4006
4007 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4008
4009 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4010 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4011 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4012 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4013 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4014
4015 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4016
4017 \(fn)" t nil)
4018
4019 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4020 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4021 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4022 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4023 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4024
4025 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4026 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4027 \\{command-history-map}
4028
4029 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4030 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4031
4032 \(fn)" t nil)
4033
4034 ;;;***
4035 \f
4036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21607
4037 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
4038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4039
4040 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4041 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4042 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4043 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4044 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4045 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4046 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4047 of this function.
4048
4049 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4050 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4051 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4052 property are:
4053
4054 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4055 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4056
4057 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4058 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4059 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4060 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4061 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4062 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4063 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4064 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4065 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4066 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4067 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4068 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4069
4070 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4071 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4072 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4073
4074 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4075 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4076 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4077 list elements are:
4078
4079 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4080
4081 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4082
4083 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4084
4085 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4086 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4087
4088 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4089 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4090
4091 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4092 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4093 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4094 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4095 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4096 value specified by their associated list element.
4097
4098 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4099
4100 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4101 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4102 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4103
4104 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4105 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4106 * indent the first argument by 4.
4107 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4108 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4109 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4110
4111 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4112
4113 ;;;***
4114 \f
4115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21607 56058
4116 ;;;;;; 801550 360000))
4117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4118 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4119
4120 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4121
4122 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4123 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4124 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4125 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4126 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4127 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4128
4129 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4130 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4131
4132 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4133
4134 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4135
4136 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4137
4138 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4139
4140 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4141
4142 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4143
4144 ;;;***
4145 \f
4146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21607 56025
4147 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
4148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4149
4150 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4151 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4152 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4153 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4154
4155 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4156 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4157 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4158 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4159
4160 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4161 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4162
4163 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4164
4165 ;;;***
4166 \f
4167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21607 56023 800854
4168 ;;;;;; 237000))
4169 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4170
4171 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4172 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4173 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4174 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4175 of `scheme-program-name').
4176 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4177 it is given as initial input.
4178 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4179 discards input when it starts up.
4180 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4181 is run).
4182 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4183
4184 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4185
4186 ;;;***
4187 \f
4188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21607 56023 800854 237000))
4189 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4190
4191 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4192 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4193 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4194 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4195
4196 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4197 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4198
4199 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4200 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4201 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4202
4203 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4204
4205 ;;;***
4206 \f
4207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21607 56058 801550 360000))
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4209
4210 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4211 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4212 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4213 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4214 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4215 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4216 functions have already modified the buffer.
4217
4218 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4219
4220 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4221 either globally or locally.")
4222
4223 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4224 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4225 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4226 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4227
4228 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4229 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4230 `start-file-process'
4231 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4232 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4233 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4234
4235 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4236 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4237
4238 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4239
4240 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4241
4242 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4243
4244 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4245 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4246 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4247 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4248 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4249 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4250 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4251 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4252 process as its initial input.
4253
4254 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4255
4256 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4257
4258 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4259
4260 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4261 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4262 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4263 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4264 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4265 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4266
4267 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4268
4269 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4270 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4271 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4272 directory tracking functions.")
4273
4274 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4275 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4276 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4277
4278 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4279
4280 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4281
4282 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4283 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4284 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4285
4286 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4287
4288 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4289
4290 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4291 Send COMMAND to current process.
4292 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4293 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4294
4295 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4296
4297 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4298 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4299 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4300 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4301
4302 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4303
4304 ;;;***
4305 \f
4306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21607 56025
4307 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4309
4310 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4311 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4312 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4313 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4314
4315 This command pushes the mark in each window
4316 at the prior location of point in that window.
4317 If both windows display the same buffer,
4318 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4319 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4320
4321 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4322 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4323 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4324 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4325 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4326 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4327 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4328 ignored.
4329
4330 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4331 this command work in interlaced mode:
4332 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4333 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4334 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4335
4336 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4337
4338 ;;;***
4339 \f
4340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21607 56059
4341 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
4342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4343
4344 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4345 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4346
4347 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4348
4349 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4350 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4351 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4352
4353 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4354
4355 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4356 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4357 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4358
4359 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4360
4361 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4362 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4363 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4364 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4365 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4366
4367 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4368 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4369 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4370 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4371 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4372
4373 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4374 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4375 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4376 describing how the process finished.")
4377
4378 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4379 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4380 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4381 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4382 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4383
4384 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4385 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4386 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4387
4388 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4389
4390 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4391 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4392 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4393 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4394
4395 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4396
4397 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4398 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4399
4400 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4401 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4402
4403 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4404 (lambda ()
4405 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4406 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4407 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4408 (concat \"make -k \"
4409 (if buffer-file-name
4410 (shell-quote-argument
4411 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4412
4413 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4414 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4415
4416 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4417 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4418 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4419 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4420
4421 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4422
4423 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4424 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4425 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4426 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4427
4428 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4429 and move to the source code that caused it.
4430
4431 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4432 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4433
4434 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4435 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4436 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4437 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4438 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4439
4440 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4441 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4442 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4443 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4444
4445 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4446 kills its subprocesses.
4447
4448 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4449 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4450 to a function that generates a unique name.
4451
4452 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4453
4454 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4455 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4456 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4457 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4458
4459 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4460 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4461
4462 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4463 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4464 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4465 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4466
4467 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4468 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4469 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4470
4471 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4472
4473 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4474
4475 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4476 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4477 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4478 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4479 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4480
4481 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4482
4483 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4484
4485 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4486
4487 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4488
4489 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4490 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4491 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4492 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4493 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4494
4495 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4496 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4497 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4498 See `compilation-mode'.
4499
4500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4501
4502 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4503 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4505 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4506 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4507
4508 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4509 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4510 `compilation-mode'.
4511
4512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4513
4514 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4515 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4516 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4517
4518 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4519
4520 ;;;***
4521 \f
4522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21607 56058 801550
4523 ;;;;;; 360000))
4524 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4525
4526 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4527 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4528 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4531 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4532
4533 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4534
4535 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4536 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4537 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4538 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4539 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4540
4541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4542
4543 ;;;***
4544 \f
4545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21607
4546 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
4547 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4548
4549 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4550 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4551 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4552 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4553 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4554 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4555 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4556
4557 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4558 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4559 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4560
4561 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4562 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4563 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4564
4565 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4566 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4567 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4568 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4569
4570 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4571 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4572 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4573 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4574 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4575 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4576 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4577
4578 \\{conf-mode-map}
4579
4580 \(fn)" t nil)
4581
4582 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4583 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4584 Comments start with `#'.
4585 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4586
4587 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4588
4589 \[Desktop Entry]
4590 Encoding=UTF-8
4591 Name=The GIMP
4592 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4593 Name[cs]=GIMP
4594
4595 \(fn)" t nil)
4596
4597 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4598 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4599 Comments start with `;'.
4600 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4601
4602 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4603
4604 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4605 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4606 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4607
4608 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4609 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4610
4611 \(fn)" t nil)
4612
4613 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4614 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4615 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4616 between `/*' and `*/'.
4617 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4618
4619 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4620 // another kind of comment
4621 /* yet another */
4622
4623 name:value
4624 name=value
4625 name value
4626 x.1 =
4627 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4628 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4629
4630 \(fn)" t nil)
4631
4632 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4633 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4634 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4635 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4636 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4637 `conf-space-keywords'.
4638 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4639 in an interactive fashion instead.
4640
4641 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4642
4643 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4644
4645 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4646 image/png png
4647 image/tiff tiff tif
4648
4649 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4650 class desktop
4651 # Standard multimedia devices
4652 add /dev/audio desktop
4653 add /dev/mixer desktop
4654
4655 \(fn)" t nil)
4656
4657 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4658 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4659 See `conf-space-mode'.
4660
4661 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4662
4663 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4664 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4665 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4666 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4667
4668 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4669
4670 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4671 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4672
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4674
4675 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4676 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4677 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4678 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4679
4680 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4681
4682 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4683 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4684
4685 \(fn)" t nil)
4686
4687 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4688 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4689 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4690 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4691
4692 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4693
4694 *background: gray99
4695 *foreground: black
4696
4697 \(fn)" t nil)
4698
4699 ;;;***
4700 \f
4701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21607 56025 301574
4702 ;;;;;; 889000))
4703 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4704
4705 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4706 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4707 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4708 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4709 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4710 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4711
4712 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4713
4714 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4715 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4716 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4717 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4718
4719 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4720
4721 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4722 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4723 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4724 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4725
4726 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4727
4728 ;;;***
4729 \f
4730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21607
4731 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
4732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4733 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4734 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4735 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4736
4737 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4738 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4739 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4740 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4741 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4742 following the copyright are updated as well.
4743 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4744 interactively.
4745
4746 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4747
4748 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4749 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4750 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4751 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4752 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4753
4754 \(fn)" t nil)
4755
4756 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4757 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4758
4759 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4760
4761 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4762 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4763 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4764
4765 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4766
4767 ;;;***
4768 \f
4769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21607
4770 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
4771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4772 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4773 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4774 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4775 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4776 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4777 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4778 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4779
4780 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4781 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4782 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4783 Tab indents for Perl code.
4784 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4785 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4786
4787 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4788 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4789 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4790 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4791 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4792 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4793 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4794 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4795 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4796 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4797 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4798 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4799
4800 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4801
4802 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4803 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4804
4805 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4806
4807 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4808 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4809 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4810 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4811 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4812 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4813 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4814 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4815 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4816
4817 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4818
4819 bite if angry;
4820
4821 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4822 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4823 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4824 to nil.)
4825
4826 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4827 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4828 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4829
4830 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4831
4832 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4833 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4834 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4835 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4836 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4837
4838 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4839
4840 if (A) { B }
4841
4842 into
4843
4844 B if A;
4845
4846 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4847
4848 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4849 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4850 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4851 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4852 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4853 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4854 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4855 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4856 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4857 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4858 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4859 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4860 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4861
4862 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4863 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4864 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4865 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4866 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4867 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4868
4869 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4870 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4871 man via menu.
4872
4873 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4874 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4875 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4876 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4877 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4878
4879 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4880 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4881 span the needed amount of lines.
4882
4883 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4884 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4885 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4886 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4887
4888 Variables controlling indentation style:
4889 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4890 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4891 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4892 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4893 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4894 `cperl-auto-newline'
4895 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4896 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4897 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4898 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4899 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4900 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4901 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4902 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4903 `cperl-indent-level'
4904 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4905 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4906 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4907 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4908 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4909 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4910 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4911 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4912 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4913 `cperl-brace-offset'
4914 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4915 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4916 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4917 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4918 `cperl-label-offset'
4919 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4920 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4921 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4922
4923 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4924 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4925 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4926 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4927 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4928 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4929
4930 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4931 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4932 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4933 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4934
4935 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4936 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4937 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4938 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4939 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4940 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4941 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4942
4943 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4944 column 0 is indented on
4945 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4946
4947 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4948 with no args.
4949
4950 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4951 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4952 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4953
4954 \(fn)" t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4957 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4958
4959 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4960
4961 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4962 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4963
4964 \(fn)" t nil)
4965
4966 ;;;***
4967 \f
4968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21607 56025 301574
4969 ;;;;;; 889000))
4970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4971
4972 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4973 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4974 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4975 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4976 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4977
4978 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4979
4980 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4981 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4982
4983 \(fn)" t nil)
4984
4985 ;;;***
4986 \f
4987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21607 56024 300834
4988 ;;;;;; 853000))
4989 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4990
4991 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4992 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4993 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4994 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4995 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4996 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4997 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4998 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4999
5000 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5001 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5002
5003 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5004 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5005 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5006
5007 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5008 with empty strings removed.
5009
5010 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5011
5012 ;;;***
5013 \f
5014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21607 56059
5015 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
5016 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5017
5018 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5019 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5020
5021 \(fn)" t nil)
5022
5023 ;;;***
5024 \f
5025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21607 56058
5026 ;;;;;; 801550 360000))
5027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5028
5029 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5030 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5031 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5034 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5035
5036 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5037
5038 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5039 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5040 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5041 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5042 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5043
5044 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5045 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5046 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5047 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5048 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5049 normal function of these prefix keys.
5050
5051 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5052 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5053 options:
5054 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5055 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5056 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5057
5058 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5059 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5060 the prefix fallback behavior.
5061
5062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5063
5064 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5065 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5066
5067 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5068
5069 ;;;***
5070 \f
5071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21607 56024
5072 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
5073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5074
5075 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5076 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5077 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5078
5079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5080
5081 ;;;***
5082 \f
5083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21607 56023 800854
5084 ;;;;;; 237000))
5085 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5086
5087 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5088 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5089
5090 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5091
5092 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5093 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5094
5095 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5096
5097 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5098 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5099
5100 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5101
5102 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5103 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5104
5105 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5106 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5107
5108 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5109 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5110
5111 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5112
5113 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5114
5115 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5116 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5117 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5118
5119 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5120 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5121
5122 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5123 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5124
5125 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5126 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5127
5128 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5129
5130 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5131
5132 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5133 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5134 Return VALUE.
5135
5136 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5137 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5138
5139 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5140 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5141
5142 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5143 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5144
5145 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5146
5147 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5148
5149 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5150 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5151 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5152 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5153
5154 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5155 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5156 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5157
5158 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5159
5160 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5161 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5162 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5163 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5164 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5165
5166 \(fn)" t nil)
5167
5168 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5169 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5170 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5171 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5172
5173 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5174
5175 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5176 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5177 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5178
5179 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5180
5181 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5182 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5183
5184 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5185
5186 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5187
5188 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5189 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5190
5191 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5192
5193 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5194
5195 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5196 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5197 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5198
5199 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5200
5201 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5202 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5203 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5204 as part of Emacs itself.
5205
5206 Each elements looks like this:
5207
5208 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5209
5210 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5211 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5212 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5213 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5214 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5215 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5216 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5217 and `defface'.
5218
5219 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5220
5221 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5222 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5223 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5224 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5225 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5226
5227 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5228 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5229 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5230 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5231
5232 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5233
5234 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5235 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5236 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5237 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5238 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5239 release.
5240
5241 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5242 that were added or redefined since that version.
5243
5244 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5245
5246 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5247 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5248 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5249 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5250
5251 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5252
5253 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5254 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5255
5256 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5257
5258 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5259 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5260 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5261
5262 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5263 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5264
5265 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5266
5267 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5268 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5269
5270 \(fn)" t nil)
5271
5272 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5273 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5274
5275 \(fn)" t nil)
5276
5277 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5278 Customize all saved options and faces.
5279
5280 \(fn)" t nil)
5281
5282 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5283 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5284 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5285 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5286 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5287 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5288
5289 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5290 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5291 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5292
5293 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5294
5295 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5296 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5297
5298 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5299
5300 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5301 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5302
5303 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5304
5305 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5306 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5307
5308 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5309
5310 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5311 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5312 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5313 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5314 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5315 that option.
5316 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5317
5318 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5319
5320 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5321 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5322 The result includes selecting that window.
5323 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5324 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5325 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5326 that option.
5327
5328 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5329
5330 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5331 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5332
5333 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5334
5335 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5336 File used for storing customization information.
5337 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5338 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5339 it should be an absolute file name.
5340
5341 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5342 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5343 something like the following in your init file:
5344
5345 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5346 \(load custom-file)
5347
5348 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5349 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5350
5351 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5352 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5353 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5354 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5355 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5356
5357 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5358 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5359 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5360 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5361 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5362 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5363 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5364 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5365 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5366 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5367
5368 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5369
5370 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5371 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5372
5373 \(fn)" nil nil)
5374
5375 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5376 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5377
5378 \(fn)" t nil)
5379
5380 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5381 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5382 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5383
5384 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5385
5386 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5387 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5388 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5389 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5390 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5391
5392 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5393
5394 ;;;***
5395 \f
5396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21607 56023 800854
5397 ;;;;;; 237000))
5398 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5399
5400 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5401 Create or edit a custom theme.
5402 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5403 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5404 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5405 from the Custom save file.
5406 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5407 named *Custom Theme*.
5408
5409 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5410
5411 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5412 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5413
5414 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5415
5416 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5417 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5418
5419 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5420
5421 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5422 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5423 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5424 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5425
5426 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5427
5428 ;;;***
5429 \f
5430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21607 56025
5431 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5433
5434 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5435 Mode used for cvs status output.
5436
5437 \(fn)" t nil)
5438
5439 ;;;***
5440 \f
5441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21607 56059 303525
5442 ;;;;;; 127000))
5443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5444 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5445
5446 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5447 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5448
5449 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5450
5451 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5452 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5453 C++ modes are included.
5454
5455 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5456 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5457 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5458
5459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5460
5461 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5462
5463 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5464 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5465 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5467 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5468 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5469
5470 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5471
5472 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5473 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5474 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5475 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5476 ARG is omitted or nil.
5477
5478 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5479 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5480 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5481
5482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5483
5484 ;;;***
5485 \f
5486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21607
5487 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
5488 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5489
5490 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5491 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5492
5493 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5494
5495 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5496 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5497
5498 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5499
5500 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5501 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5502 For readability, the table is slightly
5503 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5504
5505 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5506 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5507 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5508 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5509 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5510
5511 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5512
5513 ;;;***
5514 \f
5515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21607 56023 800854
5516 ;;;;;; 237000))
5517 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5518 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5519 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5520 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5521 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5522
5523 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5524 Completion on current word.
5525 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5526 and presents suggestions for completion.
5527
5528 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5529 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5530 completions.
5531
5532 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5533 then it searches *all* buffers.
5534
5535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5536
5537 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5538 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5539
5540 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5541 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5542 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5543 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5544 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5545
5546 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5547 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5548
5549 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5550 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5551 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5552
5553 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5554 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5555
5556 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5557
5558 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5559
5560 ;;;***
5561 \f
5562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21607 56023
5563 ;;;;;; 800854 237000))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5565
5566 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5567 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5568
5569 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5570
5571 ;;;***
5572 \f
5573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
5574 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5575
5576 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5577 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5578 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5579 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5580 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5581
5582 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5583
5584 ;;;***
5585 \f
5586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21607 56025
5587 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
5588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5589
5590 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5591 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5592
5593 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5594 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5595 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5596
5597 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5598 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5599 Data lines are not indented.
5600
5601 Key bindings:
5602
5603 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5604 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5605
5606 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5607 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5608 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5609 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5610
5611 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5612
5613 dcl-basic-offset
5614 Extra indentation within blocks.
5615
5616 dcl-continuation-offset
5617 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5618
5619 dcl-margin-offset
5620 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5621
5622 dcl-margin-label-offset
5623 Indentation for a label.
5624
5625 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5626 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5627
5628 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5629 dcl-block-end-regexp
5630 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5631 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5632 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5633 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5634 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5635
5636 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5637 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5638 Two such functions are included in the package:
5639 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5640 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5641
5642 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5643 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5644 One such function is included in the package:
5645 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5646
5647 dcl-tab-always-indent
5648 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5649 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5650 margin.
5651
5652 dcl-electric-characters
5653 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5654 typed.
5655
5656 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5657 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5658 which words trigger electric indentation.
5659
5660 dcl-tempo-comma
5661 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5662 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5663 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5664
5665 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5666 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5667 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5668 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5669
5670 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5671 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5672 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5673 dcl-imenu-label-call
5674 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5675
5676 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5677 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5678 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5679 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5680
5681
5682 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5683
5684 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5685 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5686 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5687 $ i = 1
5688 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5689 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5690 $ label:
5691 $ if i.eq.1
5692 $ then
5693 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5694 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5695 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5696 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5697 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5698 \"lined up with the command line\"
5699 $ type sys$input
5700 Data lines are not indented at all.
5701 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5702 $ endif
5703 $
5704
5705
5706 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5707 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5708
5709 \(fn)" t nil)
5710
5711 ;;;***
5712 \f
5713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21607 56024
5714 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
5715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5716
5717 (setq debugger 'debug)
5718
5719 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5720 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5721 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5722 of the evaluator.
5723
5724 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5725 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5726 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5727
5728 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5729
5730 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5731 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5732
5733 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5734
5735 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5736 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5737 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5738 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5739 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5740 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5741
5742 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5743 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5744
5745 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5746
5747 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5748 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5749 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5750 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5751 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5752
5753 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5754
5755 ;;;***
5756 \f
5757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21607 56025
5758 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
5759 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5760
5761 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5762 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5763
5764 \(fn)" t nil)
5765
5766 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5767 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5768 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5769 Upper-case letters are commands.
5770
5771 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5772 modify it.
5773
5774 The most useful commands are:
5775 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5776 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5777 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5778 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5779 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5780 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5781
5782 \(fn)" t nil)
5783
5784 ;;;***
5785 \f
5786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21607 56023 800854
5787 ;;;;;; 237000))
5788 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5789 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5790
5791 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5792 Customization of `columns' group.
5793
5794 \(fn)" t nil)
5795
5796 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5797 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5798
5799 START and END delimits the text region.
5800
5801 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5802
5803 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5804 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5805
5806 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5807
5808 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5809
5810 ;;;***
5811 \f
5812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21607 56023 800854 237000))
5813 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5814
5815 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5816
5817 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5818 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5819 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5822 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5823
5824 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5825
5826 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5827 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5829 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5830 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5831
5832 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5833 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5834 point regardless of any selection.
5835
5836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5837
5838 ;;;***
5839 \f
5840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21607 56024
5841 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
5842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5843
5844 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5845 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5846
5847 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5848
5849 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5850 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5851 or nil if there is no parent.
5852 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5853 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5854 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5855 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5856 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5857
5858 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5859 arguments are currently understood:
5860 :group GROUP
5861 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5862 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5863 :syntax-table TABLE
5864 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5865 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5866 :abbrev-table TABLE
5867 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5868 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5869
5870 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5871
5872 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5873
5874 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5875 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5876 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5877
5878 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5879 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5880
5881 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5882 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5883 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5884
5885 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5886 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5887
5888 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5889 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5890
5891 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5892
5893 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5894
5895 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5896
5897 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5898 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5899 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5900 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5901 the first time the mode is used.
5902
5903 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5904
5905 ;;;***
5906 \f
5907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21607 56058 801550
5908 ;;;;;; 360000))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5910
5911 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5912 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5913 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5914 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5915 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5916 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5917 otherwise.
5918
5919 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5920
5921 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5922 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5923 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5924 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5925
5926 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5927 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5928 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5929
5930 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5931 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5932 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5933 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5934 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5935 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5936 relevant to POS.
5937
5938 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5939
5940 ;;;***
5941 \f
5942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21607 56023 800854
5943 ;;;;;; 237000))
5944 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5945
5946 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5947 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5948 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5950 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5951 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5952
5953 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5954
5955 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5956 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5958 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5959 is omitted or nil.
5960
5961 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5962 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5963 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5964 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5965
5966 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5967 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5968
5969 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5970 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5971
5972 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5973
5974 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5975
5976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5977
5978 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5979 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5980 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5981 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5982
5983 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5984
5985 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5986 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5987
5988 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5989 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5990 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5991
5992 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5993 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5994
5995 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5996 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5997 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5998
5999 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6000 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6001 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6002 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6003
6004 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6005
6006 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6007 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6008
6009 Handlers are called with argument list
6010
6011 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6012
6013 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6014
6015 `desktop-file-version'
6016 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6017 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6018 `desktop-buffer-point'
6019 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6020 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6021 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6022
6023 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6024 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6025
6026 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6027 code like
6028
6029 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6030 ...
6031 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6032 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6033
6034 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6035
6036 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6037
6038 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6039 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6040 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6041 List elements must have the form
6042
6043 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6044
6045 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6046 function.
6047
6048 Handlers are called with argument list
6049
6050 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6051
6052 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6053
6054 `desktop-file-version'
6055 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6056 `desktop-buffer-name'
6057 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6058 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6059 `desktop-buffer-point'
6060 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6061 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6062 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6063
6064 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6065 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6066 created and set.
6067
6068 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6069 code like
6070
6071 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6072 ...
6073 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6074 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6075
6076 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6077
6078 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6079
6080 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6081
6082 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6083 Empty the Desktop.
6084 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6085 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6086 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6087 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6088 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6089 if different).
6090
6091 \(fn)" t nil)
6092
6093 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6094 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6095 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6096 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6097 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6098 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6099 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6100
6101 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6102
6103 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6104 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6105 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6106
6107 \(fn)" t nil)
6108
6109 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6110 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6111 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6112 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6113 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6114 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6115 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6116 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6117
6118 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6119
6120 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6121 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6122 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6123
6124 \(fn)" nil nil)
6125
6126 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6127
6128 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6129 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6130 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6131 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6132 directory DIRNAME.
6133
6134 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6135
6136 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6137 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6138
6139 \(fn)" t nil)
6140
6141 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6142 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6143
6144 \(fn)" t nil)
6145
6146 ;;;***
6147 \f
6148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21607 56024
6149 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
6150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6151
6152 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6153 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6154 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6155 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6156 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6157 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6158
6159 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6160
6161 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6162 Repair a broken attribution line.
6163 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6164
6165 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6166
6167 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6168 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6169 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6170 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6171
6172 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6173
6174 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6175 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6176
6177 \(fn)" t nil)
6178
6179 ;;;***
6180 \f
6181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21617
6182 ;;;;;; 53323 210147 705000))
6183 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6184
6185 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6186 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6187 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6188 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6189 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6190
6191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6192
6193 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6194 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6195 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6196 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6197
6198 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6199 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6200 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6201 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6202
6203 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6204 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6205
6206 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6207 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6208 calendar-date-style 'european
6209 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6210
6211 \(diary-mail-entries)
6212
6213 # diary-rem.el ends here
6214
6215 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6216
6217 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6218 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6219
6220 \(fn)" t nil)
6221
6222 ;;;***
6223 \f
6224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
6225 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6226
6227 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6228 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6229
6230 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6231
6232 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6233 The command to use to run diff.")
6234
6235 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6236
6237 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6238 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6239 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6240 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6241 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6242 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6243
6244 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6245 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6246 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6247
6248 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6249
6250 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6251 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6252 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6253 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6254 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6255 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6256
6257 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6258
6259 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6260 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6261
6262 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6263
6264 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6265 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6266 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6267
6268 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6269
6270 ;;;***
6271 \f
6272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21607 56059
6273 ;;;;;; 804396 982000))
6274 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6275
6276 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6277 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6278 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6279 normal diffs.
6280
6281 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6282 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6283 headers for you on-the-fly.
6284
6285 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6286 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6287 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6288
6289 \\{diff-mode-map}
6290
6291 \(fn)" t nil)
6292
6293 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6294 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6296 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6297 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6298
6299 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6300
6301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6302
6303 ;;;***
6304 \f
6305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
6306 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6307
6308 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6309 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6310 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6311
6312 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6313
6314 ;;;***
6315 \f
6316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21607 56058 801550 360000))
6317 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6318
6319 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6320 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6321 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6322 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6323 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6324 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6325 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6326 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6327
6328 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6329
6330 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6331 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6332 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6333 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6334 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6335 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6336
6337 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6338 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6339 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6340 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6341 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6342 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6343 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6344 list of files to make directory entries for.
6345 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6346 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6347 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6348
6349 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6350
6351 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6352 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6353
6354 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6355 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6356
6357 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6358 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6359
6360 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6361 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6362
6363 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6364
6365 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6366 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6367
6368 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6369
6370 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6371 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6372 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6373 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6374 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6375 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6376 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6377 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6378 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6379 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6380 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6381 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6382 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6383 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6384 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6385 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6386 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6387 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6388 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6389 to see why something went wrong.
6390 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6391 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6392 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6393 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6394 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6395 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6396 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6397 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6398 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6399 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6400 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6401 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6402 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6403
6404 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6405 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6406 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6407 again for the directory tree.
6408
6409 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6410 for more info):
6411
6412 `dired-listing-switches'
6413 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6414 `dired-marker-char'
6415 `dired-del-marker'
6416 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6417 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6418 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6419 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6420
6421 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6422
6423 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6424 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6425 `dired-mode-hook'
6426 `dired-load-hook'
6427
6428 Keybindings:
6429 \\{dired-mode-map}
6430
6431 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6432 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6433
6434 ;;;***
6435 \f
6436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21607 56023 800854
6437 ;;;;;; 237000))
6438 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6439
6440 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6441 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6442 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6443 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6444 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6445
6446 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6447 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6448 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6449
6450 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6451 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6452 directory.
6453
6454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6455
6456 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6457 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6458 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6459 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6460 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6461 from `default-directory'.
6462
6463 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6464
6465 ;;;***
6466 \f
6467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21607 56024
6468 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
6469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6470
6471 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6472 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6473 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6474 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6475 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6476 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6477
6478 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6479
6480 ;;;***
6481 \f
6482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21607 56023 800854
6483 ;;;;;; 237000))
6484 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6485
6486 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6487 Return a new, empty display table.
6488
6489 \(fn)" nil nil)
6490
6491 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6492 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6493 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6494 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6495 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6496
6497 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6498
6499 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6500 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6501 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6502 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6503 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6504
6505 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6506
6507 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6508 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6509
6510 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6511
6512 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6513 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6514
6515 \(fn)" t nil)
6516
6517 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6518 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6519
6520 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6521 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6522
6523 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6524 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6525 byte.
6526
6527 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6528 in the default way after this call.
6529
6530 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6531
6532 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6533 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6534
6535 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6536
6537 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6538 Display character C using printable string S.
6539
6540 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6541
6542 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6543 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6544 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6545 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6546
6547 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6548
6549 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6550 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6551 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6552 X frame.
6553
6554 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6555
6556 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6557 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6558
6559 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6560
6561 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6562 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6563
6564 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6565
6566 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6567 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6568
6569 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6570
6571 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6572 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6573
6574 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6575
6576 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6577 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6578
6579 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6580
6581 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6582 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6583
6584 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6585 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6586
6587 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6588 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6589
6590 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6591 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6592 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6593 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6594
6595 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6596 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6597 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6598 in `.emacs'.
6599
6600 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6601
6602 ;;;***
6603 \f
6604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21607 56025
6605 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
6606 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6607
6608 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6609 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6610 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6611 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6612 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6613 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6614 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6615 Default is 2.
6616
6617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6618
6619 ;;;***
6620 \f
6621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21607 56023 800854 237000))
6622 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6623
6624 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6625 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6626 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6627 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6628 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6629 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6630 private or ask).
6631 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6632 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6633 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6634 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6635 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6636
6637 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6638
6639 ;;;***
6640 \f
6641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21607 56025
6642 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
6643 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6644
6645 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6646 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6647 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6648 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6649 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6650 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6651 table and its own syntax table.
6652
6653 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6654
6655 \(fn)" t nil)
6656 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6657
6658 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6659 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6660
6661 \(fn)" t nil)
6662
6663 ;;;***
6664 \f
6665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21607 56058 801550
6666 ;;;;;; 360000))
6667 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6668
6669 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6670 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6671 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6672 OpenDocument format).
6673
6674 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6675
6676 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6677 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6678
6679 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6680 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6681
6682 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6683 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6684 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6685
6686 \(fn)" t nil)
6687
6688 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6689 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6690 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6691 to the next best mode.
6692
6693 \(fn)" nil nil)
6694
6695 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6696 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6697 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6698 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6699 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6700
6701 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6702
6703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6704
6705 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6706
6707
6708 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6709
6710 ;;;***
6711 \f
6712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21607 56025 301574
6713 ;;;;;; 889000))
6714 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6715
6716 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6717 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6718
6719 \(fn)" t nil)
6720
6721 ;;;***
6722 \f
6723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21607 56023 800854 237000))
6724 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6725
6726 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6727 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6728 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6729 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6730 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6731
6732 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6733 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6734
6735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6736
6737 ;;;***
6738 \f
6739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21607 56059 303525
6740 ;;;;;; 127000))
6741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6742 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6743
6744 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6745 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6746
6747 \(fn)" t nil)
6748
6749 ;;;***
6750 \f
6751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21607
6752 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
6753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6754
6755 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6756
6757 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6758 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6759 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6760 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6761 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6762
6763 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6764 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6765 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6766 and disables it otherwise.
6767
6768 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6769 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6770 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6771 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6772
6773 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6774 documenting what its argument does.
6775
6776 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6777 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6778 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6779 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6780 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6781 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6782 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6783 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6784
6785 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6786 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6787 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6788 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6789 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6790 mode is global):
6791
6792 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6793 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6794 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6795 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6796 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6797 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6798 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6799 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6800 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6801 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6802 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6803 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6804 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6805 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6806 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6807 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6808 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6809 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6810 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6811 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6812 in :variable).
6813
6814 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6815 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6816
6817 For example, you could write
6818 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6819 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6820 ...BODY CODE...)
6821
6822 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6823
6824 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6825
6826 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6827
6828 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6829
6830 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6831 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6832 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6833 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6834 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6835 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6836 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6837 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6838 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6839 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6840 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6841 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6842
6843 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6844 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6845 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6846 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6847 call another major mode in their body.
6848
6849 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6850 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6851 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6852
6853 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6854
6855 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6856
6857 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6858 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6859 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6860 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6861 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6862 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6863 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6864
6865 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6866
6867 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6868 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6869 :inherit Parent keymap.
6870 :group Ignored.
6871 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6872 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6873
6874 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6875
6876 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6877 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6878 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6879 the constant's documentation.
6880
6881 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6882
6883 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6884 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6885 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6886
6887 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6888
6889 ;;;***
6890 \f
6891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21607
6892 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
6893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6894
6895 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6896 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6897 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6898 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6899
6900 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6901 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6902 as a top-level menu bar item.
6903
6904 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6905 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6906 pairs:
6907
6908 :filter FUNCTION
6909 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6910 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6911 items to actually display.
6912
6913 :visible INCLUDE
6914 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6915 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6916 alias for `:visible'.
6917
6918 :active ENABLE
6919 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6920 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6921 an alias for `:active'.
6922
6923 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6924 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6925
6926 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6927
6928 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6929
6930 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6931 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6932
6933 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6934 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6935
6936 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6937
6938 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6939
6940 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6941 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6942
6943 :keys KEYS
6944 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6945 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6946 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6947 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6948
6949 :key-sequence KEYS
6950 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6951 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6952 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6953 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6954
6955 :active ENABLE
6956 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6957 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6958 alias for `:active'.
6959
6960 :visible INCLUDE
6961 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6962 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6963 `:visible'.
6964
6965 :label FORM
6966 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6967 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6968
6969 :suffix FORM
6970 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6971 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6972
6973 :style STYLE
6974 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6975 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6976 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6977
6978 :selected SELECTED
6979 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6980 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6981
6982 :help HELP
6983 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6984
6985 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6986 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6987 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6988
6989 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6990 MENU. This is a submenu.
6991
6992 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6993
6994 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6995
6996 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6997
6998
6999 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7000
7001 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7002 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7003 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7004 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7005
7006 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7007
7008 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7009 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7010 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7011 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7012 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7013 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7014
7015 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7016 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7017 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7018
7019 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7020 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7021 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7022
7023 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7024 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7025
7026 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7027
7028 ;;;***
7029 \f
7030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21607 56025
7031 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
7032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7033 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7034
7035 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7036 Customization for ebnf group.
7037
7038 \(fn)" t nil)
7039
7040 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7041 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7042
7043 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7044
7045 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7046 processed.
7047
7048 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7049
7050 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7051
7052 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7053 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7054
7055 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7056 killed after process termination.
7057
7058 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7059
7060 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7061
7062 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7063 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7064
7065 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7066 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7067 it to the printer.
7068
7069 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7070 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7071 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7072 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7073
7074 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7075
7076 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7077 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7078 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7079
7080 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7081
7082 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7083 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7084
7085 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7086
7087 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7088 processed.
7089
7090 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7091
7092 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7093
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7096
7097 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7098 killed after process termination.
7099
7100 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7101
7102 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7103
7104 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7105 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7106 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7107 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7108
7109 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7110
7111 \(fn)" t nil)
7112
7113 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7114 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7115 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7116
7117 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7118
7119 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7120
7121 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7122 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7123
7124 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7125
7126 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7127 processed.
7128
7129 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7130
7131 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7132
7133 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7134 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7135
7136 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7137 killed after EPS generation.
7138
7139 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7140
7141 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7142
7143 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7144 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7145
7146 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7147 The EPS file name has the following form:
7148
7149 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7150
7151 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7152 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7153
7154 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7155 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7156 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7157 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7158 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7159
7160 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7161 files.
7162
7163 \(fn)" t nil)
7164
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7167
7168 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7169 The EPS file name has the following form:
7170
7171 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7172
7173 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7174 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7175
7176 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7177 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7178 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7179 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7180 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7181
7182 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7183 files.
7184
7185 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7186
7187 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7188
7189 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7190 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7191
7192 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7193
7194 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7195 are processed.
7196
7197 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7198
7199 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7203
7204 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7205 killed after syntax checking.
7206
7207 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7208
7209 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7210
7211 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7212 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7213
7214 \(fn)" t nil)
7215
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7218
7219 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7220
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7223
7224 \(fn)" nil nil)
7225
7226 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7227 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7228
7229 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7230
7231 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7232
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7235
7236 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7237
7238 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7239
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Delete style NAME.
7242
7243 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7244
7245 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7246
7247 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7248 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7249
7250 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7251
7252 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7253
7254 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7255 Set STYLE as the current style.
7256
7257 Returns the old style symbol.
7258
7259 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7260
7261 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7262
7263 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7264 Reset current style.
7265
7266 Returns the old style symbol.
7267
7268 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7269
7270 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7271
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7273 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7274
7275 Returns the old style symbol.
7276
7277 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7278
7279 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7280
7281 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7282
7283 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7284 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7285
7286 Returns the old style symbol.
7287
7288 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7289
7290 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7291
7292 \(fn)" t nil)
7293
7294 ;;;***
7295 \f
7296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21607 56025
7297 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
7298 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7299
7300 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7301 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7302 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7303 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7304 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7305 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7306
7307 Tree mode key bindings:
7308 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7309
7310 \(fn)" t nil)
7311
7312 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7313 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7314
7315 \(fn)" t nil)
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7318 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7319
7320 \(fn)" t nil)
7321
7322 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7323 View declaration of member at point.
7324
7325 \(fn)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7328 Find declaration of member at point.
7329
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7331
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7333 View definition of member at point.
7334
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7338 Find definition of member at point.
7339
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7343 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7344
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7348 View definition of member at point in other window.
7349
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7351
7352 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7353 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7354
7355 \(fn)" t nil)
7356
7357 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7358 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7359
7360 \(fn)" t nil)
7361
7362 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7363 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7364
7365 \(fn)" t nil)
7366
7367 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7368 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7369
7370 \(fn)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7373 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7374 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7375 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7376 completion.
7377
7378 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7379
7380 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7381 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7382 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7383 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7384
7385 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7386
7387 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7388 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7389 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7390 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7391
7392 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7395 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7396 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7397
7398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7399
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7401 Search for call sites of a member.
7402 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7403 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7404 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7405 looks like a function call to the member.
7406
7407 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7408
7409 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7410 Move backward in the position stack.
7411 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7412
7413 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7414
7415 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7416 Move forward in the position stack.
7417 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7418
7419 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7420
7421 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7422 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7423
7424 \(fn)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7427 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7428
7429 \(fn)" t nil)
7430
7431 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7432 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7433 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7434 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7435
7436 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7439 Display statistics for a class tree.
7440
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7442
7443 ;;;***
7444 \f
7445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21607 56023 800854
7446 ;;;;;; 237000))
7447 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7448
7449 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7450 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7451 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7452 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7453 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7454 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7455 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7456
7457 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7458
7459 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7460 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7461 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7462 also has this effect.
7463 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7464 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7465 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7466 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7467 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7468 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7469 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7470 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7471 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7472 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7473
7474 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7475
7476 ;;;***
7477 \f
7478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21607 56023 800854
7479 ;;;;;; 237000))
7480 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7481
7482 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7483 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7484 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7485
7486 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7487
7488 ;;;***
7489 \f
7490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21607 56024
7491 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
7492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7493
7494 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7495
7496
7497 \(fn)" nil nil)
7498
7499 ;;;***
7500 \f
7501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21607 56058 801550 360000))
7502 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7503 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7504
7505 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7506 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7507 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7508 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7509 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7510 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7511
7512 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7513
7514 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7515 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7516 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7517 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7518 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7519
7520 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7521 an EDE controlled project.
7522
7523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7524
7525 ;;;***
7526 \f
7527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21607 56058
7528 ;;;;;; 801550 360000))
7529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7530
7531 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7532 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7533 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7534 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7535 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7536
7537 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7538 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7539 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7540 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7541
7542 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7543
7544 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7545 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7546 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7547 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7548
7549 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7550
7551 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7552 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7553 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7554 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7555
7556 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7557
7558 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7559
7560 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7561 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7562 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7563 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7564 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7565
7566 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7567 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7568 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7569 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7570 instrumented for Edebug.
7571
7572 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7573 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7574 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7575 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7576 already is one.)
7577
7578 \(fn)" t nil)
7579
7580 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7581 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7582
7583 \(fn)" t nil)
7584
7585 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7586 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7587
7588 \(fn)" t nil)
7589
7590 ;;;***
7591 \f
7592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
7593 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7594 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7595
7596 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7597 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7598
7599 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7600
7601 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7602 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7603
7604 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7605
7606 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7607
7608 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7609
7610 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7611 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7612 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7613 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7614
7615 \(fn)" t nil)
7616
7617 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7618 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7619 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7620 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7621
7622 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7623
7624 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7625 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7626
7627 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7628
7629 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7630
7631 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7632 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7633
7634 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7635
7636 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7637
7638 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7639 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7640 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7641 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7642
7643 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7644
7645 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7646
7647 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7648 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7649 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7650 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7651
7652 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7653
7654 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7655
7656 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7657 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7658 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7659 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7660
7661 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7662
7663 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7664
7665 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7666 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7667 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7668 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7669
7670 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7671
7672 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7673
7674 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7675 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7676 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7677 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7678 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7679 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7680
7681 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7682
7683 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7684 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7685 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7686 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7687
7688 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7689
7690 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7691
7692 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7693 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7694 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7695 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7696
7697 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7698
7699 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7700
7701 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7702
7703 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7704 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7705 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7706 follows:
7707 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7708 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7709
7710 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7711
7712 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7713 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7714 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7715 follows:
7716 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7717 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7718
7719 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7720
7721 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7722 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7723 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7724 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7725 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7726
7727 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7728
7729 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7730 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7731 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7732 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7733 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7734 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7735
7736 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7737
7738 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7739
7740 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7741 Merge two files without ancestor.
7742
7743 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7744
7745 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7746 Merge two files with ancestor.
7747
7748 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7749
7750 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7751
7752 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7753 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7754
7755 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7756
7757 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7758 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7759
7760 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7761
7762 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7763 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7764 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7765 buffer.
7766
7767 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7768
7769 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7770 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7771 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7772 buffer.
7773
7774 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7775
7776 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7777 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7778 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7779 and don't ask the user.
7780 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7781 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7782
7783 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7784
7785 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7786 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7787 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7788 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7789 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7790 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7791 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7792 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7793
7794 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7795
7796 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7797
7798 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7799
7800 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7801 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7802 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7803 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7804 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7805
7806 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7807
7808 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7809
7810 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7811 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7812 When called interactively, displays the version.
7813
7814 \(fn)" t nil)
7815
7816 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7817 Display Ediff's manual.
7818 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7819
7820 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7821
7822 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7823
7824
7825 \(fn)" nil nil)
7826
7827 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7828
7829
7830 \(fn)" nil nil)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7833
7834
7835 \(fn)" nil nil)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7838
7839
7840 \(fn)" nil nil)
7841
7842 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7843
7844
7845 \(fn)" nil nil)
7846
7847 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7848
7849
7850 \(fn)" nil nil)
7851
7852 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7853
7854
7855 \(fn)" nil nil)
7856
7857 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7858
7859
7860 \(fn)" nil nil)
7861
7862 ;;;***
7863 \f
7864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21607 56025
7865 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
7866 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7867
7868 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7869
7870
7871 \(fn)" t nil)
7872
7873 ;;;***
7874 \f
7875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21607 56025
7876 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
7877 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7878
7879 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7880 Display Ediff's registry.
7881
7882 \(fn)" t nil)
7883
7884 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7885
7886 ;;;***
7887 \f
7888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21607 56059
7889 ;;;;;; 804396 982000))
7890 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7891
7892 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7893 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7894 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7895 which see.
7896
7897 \(fn)" t nil)
7898
7899 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7900 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7901 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7902 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7903
7904 \(fn)" t nil)
7905
7906 ;;;***
7907 \f
7908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21607 56023 800854
7909 ;;;;;; 237000))
7910 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7911 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7912
7913 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7914 Edit a keyboard macro.
7915 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7916 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7917 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7918 its command name.
7919 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7920
7921 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7922
7923 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7924 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7925
7926 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7927
7928 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7929 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7930
7931 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7932
7933 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7934 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7935 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7936 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7937 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7938 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7939
7940 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7941 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7942 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7943 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7944
7945 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7946
7947 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7948 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7949 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7950 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7951 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7952 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7953
7954 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7955
7956 ;;;***
7957 \f
7958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21607 56058 801550
7959 ;;;;;; 360000))
7960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7961
7962 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7963 Set scroll margins.
7964 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7965 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7966
7967 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7968
7969 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7970 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7971
7972 \(fn)" t nil)
7973
7974 ;;;***
7975 \f
7976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21607 56023 800854 237000))
7977 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7978
7979 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7980 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7981 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7982 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7983 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7984 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7985 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7986
7987 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7988 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7989
7990 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7991 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7992 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7993 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7994
7995 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7996 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7997 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7998
7999 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8000 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8001 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8002
8003 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8004
8005 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8006
8007
8008 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8009
8010 ;;;***
8011 \f
8012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21607 56058
8013 ;;;;;; 801550 360000))
8014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8015 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8016
8017 ;;;***
8018 \f
8019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21607
8020 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
8021 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8022 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8023
8024 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8025 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8026 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8027 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8028 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8029 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8030 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8031
8032 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8033
8034 ;;;***
8035 \f
8036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21607 56058
8037 ;;;;;; 801550 360000))
8038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8039
8040 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8041 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8042
8043 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8044
8045 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8046 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8047 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8048 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8049 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8050
8051 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8052 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8053 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8054 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8055 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8056 expression point is on.
8057
8058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8059
8060 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8061
8062 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8063 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8064 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8065 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8066 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8067 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8068 arg list.
8069
8070 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8071 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8072 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8073 effect.
8074
8075 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8076 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8077
8078 ;;;***
8079 \f
8080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21607 56023 800854
8081 ;;;;;; 237000))
8082 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8083
8084 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8085 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8086
8087 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8088 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8089 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8090
8091 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8092
8093 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8094 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8095 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8096 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8097 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8098 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8099
8100 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8101
8102 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8103 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8104 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8105 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8106 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8107
8108 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8109 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8110 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8111
8112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8113
8114 ;;;***
8115 \f
8116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21607 56023 800854
8117 ;;;;;; 237000))
8118 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8119
8120 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8121 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8122
8123 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8124 an elided material again.
8125
8126 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8127
8128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8129
8130 ;;;***
8131 \f
8132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21607 56024
8133 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
8134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8135
8136 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8137 Lint the file FILE.
8138
8139 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8140
8141 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8142 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8143 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8144
8145 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8146
8147 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8148 Lint the current buffer.
8149 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8150
8151 \(fn)" t nil)
8152
8153 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8154 Lint the function at point.
8155 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8156
8157 \(fn)" t nil)
8158
8159 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8160 Initialize elint.
8161 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8162 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8163
8164 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8165
8166 ;;;***
8167 \f
8168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21607 56024 300834
8169 ;;;;;; 853000))
8170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8171
8172 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8173 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8174 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8175
8176 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8177
8178 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8179 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8180 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8181 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8182
8183 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8184
8185 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8186 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8187 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8188
8189 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8190
8191 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8192
8193 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8194 Display current profiling results.
8195 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8196 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8197 displayed.
8198
8199 \(fn)" t nil)
8200
8201 ;;;***
8202 \f
8203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21607 56024 300834
8204 ;;;;;; 853000))
8205 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8206
8207 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8208 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8209 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8210 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8211 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8212 ARG is omitted or nil.
8213
8214 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8215 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8216 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8217 used instead.
8218
8219 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8220
8221 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8222 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8223 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8224
8225 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8226
8227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8228
8229 ;;;***
8230 \f
8231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21607 56059
8232 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
8233 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8234
8235 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8236 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8237 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8238
8239 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8240
8241 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8242
8243 ;;;***
8244 \f
8245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 56059 804396
8246 ;;;;;; 982000))
8247 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8248
8249 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8250 Run Emerge on two files.
8251
8252 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8253
8254 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8255 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8256
8257 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8258
8259 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8260 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8261
8262 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8263
8264 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8265 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8266
8267 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8268
8269 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8270
8271
8272 \(fn)" nil nil)
8273
8274 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8275
8276
8277 \(fn)" nil nil)
8278
8279 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8280
8281
8282 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8283
8284 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8285
8286
8287 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8288
8289 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8290 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8291
8292 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8293
8294 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8295 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8296
8297 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8298
8299 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8300
8301
8302 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8303
8304 ;;;***
8305 \f
8306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21607 56025
8307 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
8308 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8309
8310 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8311 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8312 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8313 text/enriched format.
8314
8315 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8316 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8317 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8318
8319 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8320
8321 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8322 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8323
8324 Commands:
8325
8326 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8327
8328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8329
8330 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8331
8332
8333 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8334
8335 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8336
8337
8338 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8339
8340 ;;;***
8341 \f
8342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
8343 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8344
8345 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8346 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8347
8348 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8349
8350 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8351 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8352
8353 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8354
8355 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8356 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8357 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8358 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8359 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8360 the keys are listed.
8361 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8362
8363 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8364
8365 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8366 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8367 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8368
8369 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8370
8371 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8372 Verify FILE.
8373
8374 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8375
8376 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8377 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8378
8379 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8380
8381 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8382 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8383
8384 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8385
8386 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8387 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8388
8389 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8390 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8391 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8392 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8393
8394 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8395 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8396 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8397 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8398 should consider using the string based counterpart
8399 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8400 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8401
8402 For example:
8403
8404 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8405 (decode-coding-string
8406 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8407 'utf-8))
8408
8409 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8410
8411 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8412 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8413
8414 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8415 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8416
8417 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8418
8419 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8420 Verify the current region between START and END.
8421
8422 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8423 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8424 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8425 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8426 should consider using the string based counterpart
8427 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8428 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8429
8430 For example:
8431
8432 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8433 (decode-coding-string
8434 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8435 'utf-8))
8436
8437 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8438
8439 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8440 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8441 between START and END.
8442
8443 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8444 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8445
8446 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8447
8448 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8449 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8450
8451 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8452 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8453 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8454 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8455 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8456 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8457
8458 For example:
8459
8460 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8461 (epg-sign-string
8462 context
8463 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8464
8465 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8466
8467 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8468 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8469
8470 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8471 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8472 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8473 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8474 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8475 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8476
8477 For example:
8478
8479 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8480 (epg-encrypt-string
8481 context
8482 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8483 nil))
8484
8485 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8486
8487 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8488 Delete selected KEYS.
8489
8490 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8491
8492 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8493 Import keys from FILE.
8494
8495 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8496
8497 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8498 Import keys from the region.
8499
8500 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8501
8502 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8503 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8504 between START and END.
8505
8506 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8507
8508 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8509 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8510
8511 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8512
8513 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8514 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8515
8516 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8517
8518 ;;;***
8519 \f
8520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21607 56024 300834
8521 ;;;;;; 853000))
8522 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8523
8524 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8525 Decrypt marked files.
8526
8527 \(fn)" t nil)
8528
8529 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8530 Verify marked files.
8531
8532 \(fn)" t nil)
8533
8534 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8535 Sign marked files.
8536
8537 \(fn)" t nil)
8538
8539 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8540 Encrypt marked files.
8541
8542 \(fn)" t nil)
8543
8544 ;;;***
8545 \f
8546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21607 56058 801550
8547 ;;;;;; 360000))
8548 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8549
8550 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8551
8552
8553 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8554
8555 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8556
8557
8558 \(fn)" t nil)
8559
8560 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8561
8562
8563 \(fn)" t nil)
8564
8565 ;;;***
8566 \f
8567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21607 56058 801550
8568 ;;;;;; 360000))
8569 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8570
8571 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8572 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8574 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8575 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8576
8577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8578
8579 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8580 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8581 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8582
8583 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8584
8585 \(fn)" t nil)
8586
8587 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8588 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8589 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8590
8591 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8592
8593 \(fn)" t nil)
8594
8595 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8596 Sign the current buffer.
8597 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8598
8599 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8600
8601 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8602
8603 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8604 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8605 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8606 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8607 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8608 and also whether and how to sign.
8609
8610 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8611 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8612 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8613
8614 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8615
8616 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8617
8618 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8619 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8620 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8621
8622 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8623
8624 \(fn)" t nil)
8625
8626 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8627 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8628 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8629 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8630 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8631 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8632
8633 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8634
8635 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8636 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8637 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8638 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8639 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8640
8641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8642
8643 ;;;***
8644 \f
8645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
8646 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8647 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8648
8649 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8650 Return a context object.
8651
8652 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8653
8654 ;;;***
8655 \f
8656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21607 56024 300834
8657 ;;;;;; 853000))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8659
8660 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8661 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8662
8663 \(fn)" nil nil)
8664
8665 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8666 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8667
8668 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8669
8670 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8671 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8672
8673 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8674
8675 ;;;***
8676 \f
8677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21607 56024 300834 853000))
8678 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8679
8680 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8681 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8682
8683 \(fn)" nil nil)
8684
8685 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8686 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8687 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8688
8689 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8690
8691 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8692 (server (erc-compute-server))
8693 (port (erc-compute-port))
8694 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8695 password
8696 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8697
8698 That is, if called with
8699
8700 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8701
8702 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8703 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8704 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8705
8706 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8707
8708 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8709
8710 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8711 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8712 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8713
8714 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8715
8716 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8717 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8718 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8719 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8720
8721 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8722
8723 ;;;***
8724 \f
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21607
8726 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8728 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8729
8730 ;;;***
8731 \f
8732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21607 56024
8733 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
8734 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8735 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8736
8737 ;;;***
8738 \f
8739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21607 56024
8740 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
8741 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8742 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8743
8744 ;;;***
8745 \f
8746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21607 56024
8747 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
8748 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8749 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8750
8751 ;;;***
8752 \f
8753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21607 56024 300834
8754 ;;;;;; 853000))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8756 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8757
8758 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8759 Parser for /dcc command.
8760 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8761 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8762 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8763
8764 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8765
8766 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8767 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8768
8769 \(fn)" nil nil)
8770
8771 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8772 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8773
8774 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8775 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8776 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8777 that subcommand.
8778
8779 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8780
8781 ;;;***
8782 \f
8783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8784 ;;;;;; (21607 56024 300834 853000))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8786 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8787
8788 ;;;***
8789 \f
8790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21607
8791 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8793
8794 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8795 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8796
8797 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8798
8799 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8800 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8801 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8802 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8803
8804 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8805
8806 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8807
8808
8809 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8810
8811 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8812 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8813
8814 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8815
8816 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8817 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8818
8819 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8820
8821 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8822 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8823
8824 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8825
8826 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8827 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8828
8829 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8830
8831 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8832 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8833
8834 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8835
8836 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8837 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8838
8839 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8840
8841 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8842 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8843
8844 \(fn)" nil nil)
8845
8846 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8847 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8848
8849 \(fn)" nil nil)
8850
8851 ;;;***
8852 \f
8853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21607 56024 300834
8854 ;;;;;; 853000))
8855 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8856 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8857
8858 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8859 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8860 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8861
8862 \(fn)" nil nil)
8863
8864 ;;;***
8865 \f
8866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21607 56024
8867 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8869 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8870
8871 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8872 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8873 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8874 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8875 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8876 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8877 system.
8878
8879 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8880
8881 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8882
8883
8884 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8885
8886 ;;;***
8887 \f
8888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21607 56024
8889 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
8890 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8891
8892 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8893
8894
8895 \(fn)" nil nil)
8896
8897 ;;;***
8898 \f
8899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21607 56024 300834
8900 ;;;;;; 853000))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8903
8904 ;;;***
8905 \f
8906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21607 56024 300834
8907 ;;;;;; 853000))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8909 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8910
8911 ;;;***
8912 \f
8913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21607 56024 300834
8914 ;;;;;; 853000))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8916 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8917
8918 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8919 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8920 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8921 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8922 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8923 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8924
8925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8926
8927 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8928 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8929 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8930 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8931
8932 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8933 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8934 automatically.
8935
8936 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8937 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8938
8939 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8940
8941 ;;;***
8942 \f
8943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21607 56024
8944 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8946 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8947
8948 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8949 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8950
8951 \(fn)" t nil)
8952
8953 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8954 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8955
8956 \(fn)" t nil)
8957
8958 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8959 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8960
8961 \(fn)" t nil)
8962
8963 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8964 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8965
8966 \(fn)" t nil)
8967
8968 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8969 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8970
8971 \(fn)" t nil)
8972
8973 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8974 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8975
8976 \(fn)" t nil)
8977
8978 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8979 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8980
8981 \(fn)" t nil)
8982
8983 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8984 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8985
8986 \(fn)" t nil)
8987
8988 ;;;***
8989 \f
8990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21607 56024 300834
8991 ;;;;;; 853000))
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8993 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8994
8995 ;;;***
8996 \f
8997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21607
8998 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9000 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9001
9002 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9003 Show who's gone.
9004
9005 \(fn)" nil nil)
9006
9007 ;;;***
9008 \f
9009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21607
9010 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
9011 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9012
9013 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9014 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9015 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9016 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9017
9018 \(fn)" nil nil)
9019
9020 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9021 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9022
9023 \(fn)" t nil)
9024
9025 ;;;***
9026 \f
9027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21607 56024
9028 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9030 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9031
9032 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9033 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9034 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9035 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9036
9037 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9038
9039 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9040
9041
9042 \(fn)" nil nil)
9043
9044 ;;;***
9045 \f
9046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21607 56024 300834
9047 ;;;;;; 853000))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9049 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9050
9051 ;;;***
9052 \f
9053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21607
9054 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
9055 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9056 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9057
9058 ;;;***
9059 \f
9060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21607 56024
9061 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
9062 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9063 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9064
9065 ;;;***
9066 \f
9067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21607 56024 300834
9068 ;;;;;; 853000))
9069 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9070 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9071
9072 ;;;***
9073 \f
9074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21607
9075 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
9076 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9077 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9078
9079 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9080 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9081
9082 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9083
9084 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9085 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9086 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9087
9088 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9089
9090 ;;;***
9091 \f
9092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21607 56024
9093 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9095 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9096
9097 ;;;***
9098 \f
9099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21607
9100 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
9101 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9102
9103 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9104 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9105 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9106
9107 \(fn)" t nil)
9108
9109 ;;;***
9110 \f
9111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21607
9112 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9114 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9115
9116 ;;;***
9117 \f
9118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21607 56024
9119 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
9120 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9121 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9122
9123 ;;;***
9124 \f
9125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21607 56024
9126 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
9127 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9128
9129 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9130 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9131 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9132
9133 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9134
9135 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9136 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9138 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9139 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9140
9141 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9142 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9143 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9144 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9145
9146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9147 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9148
9149 ;;;***
9150 \f
9151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21607
9152 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9154 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9155
9156 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9157 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9158 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9159 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9160
9161 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9162
9163 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9164 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9165 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9166
9167 \(fn)" t nil)
9168
9169 ;;;***
9170 \f
9171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21607 56024 300834
9172 ;;;;;; 853000))
9173 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9174 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9175
9176 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9177 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9178
9179 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9180
9181 ;;;***
9182 \f
9183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21607 56058 801550
9184 ;;;;;; 360000))
9185 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9186
9187 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9188 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9189
9190 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9191 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9192
9193 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9194 useful for assertions in BODY.
9195
9196 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9197
9198 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9199 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9200 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9201
9202 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9203
9204 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9205
9206 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9207
9208 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9209 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9210
9211 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9212 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9213 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9214 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9215
9216 Returns the stats object.
9217
9218 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9219
9220 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9221 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9222
9223 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9224 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9225 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9226 the tests).
9227
9228 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9229
9230 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9231 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9232
9233 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9234 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9235 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9236 and how to display message.
9237
9238 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9239
9240 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9241
9242 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9243 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9244
9245 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9246
9247 ;;;***
9248 \f
9249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21607 56024
9250 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
9251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9252
9253 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9254
9255 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9256 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9257
9258 \(fn)" t nil)
9259
9260 ;;;***
9261 \f
9262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21607 56024
9263 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
9264 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9265
9266 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9267 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9268
9269 \(fn)" t nil)
9270
9271 ;;;***
9272 \f
9273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21607 56059 303525
9274 ;;;;;; 127000))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9276 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9277
9278 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9279 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9280 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9281 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9282 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9283 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9284 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9285 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9286 buffer selected (or created).
9287
9288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9289
9290 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9291 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9292 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9293
9294 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9295
9296 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9297 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9298 The result might be any Lisp object.
9299 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9300 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9301 corresponding to a successful execution.
9302
9303 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9304
9305 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9306
9307 ;;;***
9308 \f
9309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21607 56025 301574
9310 ;;;;;; 889000))
9311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9312
9313 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9314 File name of tags table.
9315 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9316 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9317 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9318 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9319 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9320
9321 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9322 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9323 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9324 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9325
9326 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9327
9328 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9329 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9330 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9331 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9332 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9333 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9334
9335 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9336
9337 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9338 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9339 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9340
9341 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9342
9343 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9344 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9345 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9346 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9347 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9348
9349 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9350
9351 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9352 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9353 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9354 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9355
9356 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9357
9358 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9359 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9360 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9361 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9362 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9363
9364 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9365
9366 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9367 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9368
9369 \(fn)" t nil)
9370
9371 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9372 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9373 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9374 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9375
9376 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9377 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9378 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9379 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9380 file the tag was in.
9381
9382 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9383
9384 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9385 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9386 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9387 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9388 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9389 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9390 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9391 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9392 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9393
9394 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9395
9396 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9397 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9398 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9399 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9400 without directory names.
9401
9402 \(fn)" nil nil)
9403 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9404 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9405 (progn
9406 (load "etags")
9407 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9408
9409 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9410 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9411 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9412 but does not select the buffer.
9413 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9414
9415 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9416 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9417 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9418 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9419 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9420
9421 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9422
9423 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9424 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9425 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9426
9427 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9428
9429 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9430
9431 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9432 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9433 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9434 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9435
9436 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9437 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9438 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9439 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9440 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9441
9442 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9443
9444 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9445 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9446 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9447
9448 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9449
9450 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9451 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9452
9453 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9454 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9455 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9456 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9457 around or before point.
9458
9459 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9460 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9461 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9462 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9463 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9464
9465 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9466
9467 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9468 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9469 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9470
9471 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9472
9473 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9474 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9475
9476 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9477 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9478 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9479 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9480 around or before point.
9481
9482 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9483 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9484 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9485 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9486 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9487
9488 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9489
9490 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9491 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9492 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9493
9494 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9495
9496 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9497 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9498
9499 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9500 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9501 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9502
9503 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9504 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9505 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9506 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9507 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9508
9509 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9510
9511 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9512 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9513 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9514
9515 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9516
9517 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9518 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9519 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9520
9521 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9522 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9523
9524 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9525 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9526 where they were found.
9527
9528 \(fn)" t nil)
9529
9530 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9531 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9532
9533 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9534 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9535 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9536
9537 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9538 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9539
9540 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9541 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9542
9543 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9544
9545 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9546 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9547 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9548 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9549
9550 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9551 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9552 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9553 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9554 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9555
9556 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9557 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9558
9559 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9560 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9561 Stops when a match is found.
9562 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9563
9564 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9565 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9566 restricted to these files.
9567
9568 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9569
9570 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9571
9572 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9573 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9574 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9575 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9576 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9577 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9578 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9579 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9580
9581 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9582 produce the list of files to search.
9583
9584 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9585
9586 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9587
9588 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9589 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9590 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9591 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9592 directory specification.
9593
9594 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9595
9596 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9597 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9598
9599 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9600
9601 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9602 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9603 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9604 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9605
9606 \(fn)" t nil)
9607
9608 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9609 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9610 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9611 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9612 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9613
9614 \(fn)" t nil)
9615
9616 ;;;***
9617 \f
9618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21607
9619 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9621
9622 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9623
9624
9625 \(fn)" nil nil)
9626
9627 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9628 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9629
9630 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9631 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9632
9633 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9634 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9635 primary language.
9636
9637 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9638 even if the buffer is read-only.
9639
9640 See also the descriptions of the variables
9641 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9642
9643 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9644
9645 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9646 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9647
9648 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9649 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9650
9651 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9652 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9653 primary language.
9654
9655 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9656 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9657
9658 See also the descriptions of the variables
9659 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9660
9661 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9662
9663 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9664 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9665 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9666 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9667
9668 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9669
9670 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9671 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9672 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9673 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9674
9675 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9676 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9677 primary language.
9678
9679 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9680 buffer is read-only.
9681
9682 See also the descriptions of the variables
9683 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9684 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9685
9686 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9687
9688 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9689 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9690
9691 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9692 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9693
9694 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9695 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9696 the primary language.
9697
9698 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9699 buffer is read-only.
9700
9701 See also the descriptions of the variables
9702 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9703 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9704
9705 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9706
9707 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9708 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9709 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9710
9711 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9712
9713 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9714 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9715
9716 \(fn)" t nil)
9717
9718 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9719 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9720
9721 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9722 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9723 be 1, 2, or 3.
9724
9725 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9726 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9727 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9728
9729 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9730
9731 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9732
9733 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9734 This function is deprecated.
9735
9736 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9737
9738 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9739 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9740
9741 \(fn)" t nil)
9742
9743 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9744 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9745
9746 \(fn)" t nil)
9747
9748 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9749 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9750
9751 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9752 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9753
9754 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9755 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9756
9757 \(fn)" nil nil)
9758
9759 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9760 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9761
9762 \(fn)" nil nil)
9763
9764 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9765 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9766
9767 \(fn)" nil nil)
9768
9769 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9770 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9771
9772 \(fn)" nil nil)
9773
9774 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9775 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9776 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9777
9778 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9779
9780 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9781
9782
9783 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9784
9785 ;;;***
9786 \f
9787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
9788 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9789
9790 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9791 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9792 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9793 server for future sessions.
9794
9795 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9796
9797 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9798 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9799 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9800
9801 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9802
9803 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9804 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9805 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9806
9807 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9808
9809 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9810 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9811 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9812 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9813 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9814 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9815 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9816 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9817 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9818 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9819 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9820 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9821
9822 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9823
9824 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9825 Display a form to query the directory server.
9826 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9827 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9828
9829 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9830
9831 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9832 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9833 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9834
9835 \(fn)" t nil)
9836
9837 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9838
9839 ;;;***
9840 \f
9841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21607 56024 801559
9842 ;;;;;; 72000))
9843 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9844
9845 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9846 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9847
9848 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9849
9850 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9851 Display URL and make it clickable.
9852
9853 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9854
9855 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9856 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9857
9858 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9859
9860 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9861 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9862
9863 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9864
9865 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9866 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9867
9868 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9869
9870 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9871 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9872
9873 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9874
9875 ;;;***
9876 \f
9877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21607 56024
9878 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
9879 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9880
9881 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9882 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9883 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9884
9885 \(fn)" t nil)
9886
9887 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9888 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9889
9890 \(fn)" t nil)
9891
9892 ;;;***
9893 \f
9894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21607
9895 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
9896 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9897
9898 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9899 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9900
9901 \(fn)" t nil)
9902
9903 ;;;***
9904 \f
9905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21607 56024 300834
9906 ;;;;;; 853000))
9907 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9908
9909 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9910 Create an empty ewoc.
9911
9912 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9913
9914 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9915 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9916 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9917 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9918 `insert-before-markers'.
9919
9920 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9921 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9922 respectively, of the ewoc.
9923
9924 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9925 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9926 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9927
9928 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9929
9930 ;;;***
9931 \f
9932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
9933 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9934
9935 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9936 Fetch URL and render the page.
9937 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9938 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9939
9940 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9941 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9942
9943 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9944 Render a file using EWW.
9945
9946 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9947
9948 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9949
9950
9951 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9952
9953 ;;;***
9954 \f
9955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21607
9956 ;;;;;; 56025 301574 889000))
9957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9958
9959 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9960 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9961 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9962
9963 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9964
9965 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9966 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9967 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9968 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9969 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9970
9971 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9972
9973 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9974 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9975 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9976 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9977 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9978 executable.
9979
9980 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9981
9982 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9983 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9984 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9985
9986 \(fn)" t nil)
9987
9988 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9989 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9990 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9991 file modes.
9992
9993 \(fn)" nil nil)
9994
9995 ;;;***
9996 \f
9997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21607 56024 300834 853000))
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9999
10000 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10001 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10002 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10003 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10004
10005 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10006
10007 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10008 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10009 to generate such functions.
10010
10011 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10012 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10013 beginning of the expanded text.
10014
10015 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10016 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10017 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10018 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10019
10020 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10021
10022 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10023
10024 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10025 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10026 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10027
10028 \(fn)" nil nil)
10029
10030 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10031 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10032 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10033
10034 \(fn)" t nil)
10035
10036 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10037 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10038 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10039
10040 \(fn)" t nil)
10041 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10042 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10043
10044 ;;;***
10045 \f
10046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21607 56059 303525
10047 ;;;;;; 127000))
10048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10049
10050 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10051 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10052 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10053
10054 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10055 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10056 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10057
10058 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10059
10060 Key definitions:
10061 \\{f90-mode-map}
10062
10063 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10064
10065 `f90-do-indent'
10066 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10067 `f90-if-indent'
10068 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10069 `f90-type-indent'
10070 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10071 `f90-program-indent'
10072 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10073 (default 2).
10074 `f90-associate-indent'
10075 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10076 `f90-critical-indent'
10077 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10078 `f90-continuation-indent'
10079 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10080 `f90-comment-region'
10081 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10082 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10083 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10084 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10085 (default \"!\").
10086 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10087 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10088 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10089 `f90-break-delimiters'
10090 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10091 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10092 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10093 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10094 (default t).
10095 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10096 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10097 `f90-smart-end'
10098 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10099 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10100 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10101 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10102 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10103 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10104 `f90-leave-line-no'
10105 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10106
10107 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10108 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10109
10110 \(fn)" t nil)
10111
10112 ;;;***
10113 \f
10114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21607 56024 300834
10115 ;;;;;; 853000))
10116 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10117
10118 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10119 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10120 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10121 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10122
10123 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10124 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10125 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10126 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10127 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10128
10129 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10130 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10131 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10132 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10133 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10134 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10135 attributes.
10136
10137 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10138 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10139
10140 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10141
10142 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10143 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10144 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10145 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10146
10147 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10148
10149 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10150 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10151 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10152 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10153
10154 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10155 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10156 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10157
10158 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10159 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10160 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10161 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10162
10163 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10164
10165 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10166 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10167 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10168
10169 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10170 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10171 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10172 the same amount).
10173
10174 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10175
10176 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10177 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10178 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10179
10180 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10181 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10182 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10183 will remove any scaling currently active.
10184
10185 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10186
10187 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10188 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10189 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10190
10191 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10192 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10193 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10194 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10195 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10196
10197 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10198 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10199
10200 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10201
10202 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10203 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10204
10205 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10206 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10207 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10208
10209 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10210 the face height as long as the input event read
10211 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10212
10213 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10214 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10215 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10216 will remove any scaling currently active.
10217
10218 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10219 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10220 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10221 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10222 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10223
10224 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10225
10226 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10227 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10229 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10230 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10231 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10232
10233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10234
10235 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10236 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10237 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10238 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10239 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10240 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10241 `buffer-face-mode'.
10242
10243 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10244 local, and sets it to FACE.
10245
10246 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10247
10248 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10249 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10250 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10251 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10252 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10253 `face' text property.
10254
10255 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10256 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10257 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10258 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10259
10260 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10261 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10262
10263 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10264
10265 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10266 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10267 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10268 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10269
10270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10271
10272 ;;;***
10273 \f
10274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 56024
10275 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
10276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10277 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10278
10279 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10280 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10281 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10282 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10283
10284 \(fn)" nil nil)
10285
10286 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10287 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10288
10289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10290
10291 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10292 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10293 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10294 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10295
10296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10297
10298 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10299 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10300 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10301 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10302 backup file names and the like).
10303
10304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10305
10306 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10307 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10308 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10309 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10310 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10311 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10312 internally by feedmail):
10313
10314 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10315 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10316 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10317 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10318
10319 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10320 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10321 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10322 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10323 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10324
10325 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10326
10327 ;;;***
10328 \f
10329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
10330 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10331
10332 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10333 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10334 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10335 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10336 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10337 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10338 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10339
10340 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10341
10342 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10343 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10344 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10345 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10346 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10347 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10348 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10349
10350 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10351
10352 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10353
10354 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10355 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10356 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10357 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10358 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10359 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10360
10361 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10362
10363 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10364 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10365 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10366 Return value:
10367 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10368 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10369 * otherwise, nil
10370
10371 \(fn E)" t nil)
10372
10373 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10374 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10375 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10376
10377 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10378
10379 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10380 Try to get a file name at point.
10381 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10382
10383 \(fn)" nil nil)
10384
10385 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10386 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10387
10388 \(fn)" t nil)
10389
10390 ;;;***
10391 \f
10392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21607 56024 300834
10393 ;;;;;; 853000))
10394 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10395
10396 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10397 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10398 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10399 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10400
10401 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10402
10403 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10404 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10405 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10406 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10407 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10408 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10409
10410 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10411
10412 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10413 Add FILE to the file cache.
10414
10415 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10416
10417 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10418 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10419 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10420
10421 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10422
10423 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10424 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10425 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10426
10427 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10428
10429 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10430 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10431 This function does not use any external programs.
10432 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10433 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10434 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10435
10436 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10437
10438 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10439 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10440 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10441 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10442 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10443 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10444 \(directories) is done.
10445
10446 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10447
10448 ;;;***
10449 \f
10450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21607 56024 300834
10451 ;;;;;; 853000))
10452 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10453
10454 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10455 Handle file system monitoring event.
10456 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10457 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10458
10459 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10460
10461 ;;;***
10462 \f
10463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21607 56024 300834
10464 ;;;;;; 853000))
10465 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10466
10467 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10468 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10469
10470 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10471 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10472 Local Variables list.
10473
10474 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10475 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10476 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10477
10478 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10479
10480 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10481 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10482
10483 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10484
10485 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10486 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10487
10488 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10489 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10490 the -*- line.
10491
10492 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10493 then this function adds it.
10494
10495 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10496
10497 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10498 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10499
10500 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10501
10502 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10503 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10504
10505 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10506
10507 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10508 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10509
10510 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10511
10512 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10513 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10514
10515 \(fn)" t nil)
10516
10517 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10518 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10519
10520 \(fn)" t nil)
10521
10522 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10523 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10524
10525 \(fn)" t nil)
10526
10527 ;;;***
10528 \f
10529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21607 56024 300834
10530 ;;;;;; 853000))
10531 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10532
10533 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10534 Filesets initialization.
10535 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10536
10537 \(fn)" nil nil)
10538
10539 ;;;***
10540 \f
10541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21607 56059 303525
10542 ;;;;;; 127000))
10543 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10544 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10545
10546 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10547 Initiate the building of a find command.
10548 For example:
10549
10550 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10551 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10552 (mtime \"+1\"))
10553 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10554
10555 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10556 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10557
10558 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10559
10560 ;;;***
10561 \f
10562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21607 56024 300834
10563 ;;;;;; 853000))
10564 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10565
10566 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10567 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10568 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10569
10570 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10571
10572 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10573 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10574
10575 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10576
10577 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10578 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10579 and run Dired on those files.
10580 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10581 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10582
10583 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10584
10585 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10586
10587 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10588
10589 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10590 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10591 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10592
10593 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10594 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10595
10596 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10597 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10598
10599 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10600
10601 ;;;***
10602 \f
10603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21607 56024 300834
10604 ;;;;;; 853000))
10605 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10606
10607 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10608 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10609 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10610 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10611 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10612 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10613 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10614
10615 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10616
10617 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10618 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10619 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10620
10621 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10622
10623 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10624
10625 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10626
10627 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10628 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10629 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10630
10631 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10632 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10633
10634 Variables of interest include:
10635
10636 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10637 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10638 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10639
10640 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10641 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10642 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10643
10644 - `ff-ignore-include'
10645 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10646
10647 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10648 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10649
10650 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10651 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10652
10653 - `ff-special-constructs'
10654 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10655 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10656 extracting the filename from that construct.
10657
10658 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10659 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10660
10661 - `ff-search-directories'
10662 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10663 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10664
10665 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10666 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10667
10668 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10669 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10670
10671 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10672 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10673
10674 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10675 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10676
10677 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10678 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10679
10680 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10681
10682 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10683 Visit the file you click on.
10684
10685 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10686
10687 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10688 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10689
10690 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10691
10692 ;;;***
10693 \f
10694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21607
10695 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
10696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10697
10698 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10699 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10700 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10701
10702 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10703
10704 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10705 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10706 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10707 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10708
10709 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10710 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10711 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10712 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10713
10714 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10715
10716 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10717 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10718
10719 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10720 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10721 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10722 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10723
10724 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10725 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10726 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10727
10728 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10729 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10730 in `load-path'.
10731
10732 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10733
10734 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10735 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10736
10737 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10738 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10739 places point before the definition.
10740 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10741
10742 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10743 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10744 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10745
10746 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10747
10748 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10749 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10750
10751 See `find-function' for more details.
10752
10753 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10754
10755 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10756 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10757
10758 See `find-function' for more details.
10759
10760 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10761
10762 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10763 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10764
10765 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10766 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10767 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10768
10769 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10770 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10771
10772 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10773
10774 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10775 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10776
10777 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10778 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10779 places point before the definition.
10780
10781 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10782
10783 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10784 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10785 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10786
10787 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10788
10789 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10790 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10791
10792 See `find-variable' for more details.
10793
10794 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10795
10796 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10797 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10798
10799 See `find-variable' for more details.
10800
10801 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10802
10803 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10804 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10805 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10806 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10807 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10808 buffer nor display it.
10809
10810 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10811 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10812
10813 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10814
10815 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10816 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10817
10818 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10819 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10820 places point before the definition.
10821
10822 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10823
10824 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10825 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10826 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10827
10828 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10829
10830 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10831 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10832 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10833
10834 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10835
10836 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10837 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10838
10839 \(fn)" t nil)
10840
10841 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10842 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10843
10844 \(fn)" t nil)
10845
10846 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10847 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10848
10849 \(fn)" nil nil)
10850
10851 ;;;***
10852 \f
10853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21607 56024 300834
10854 ;;;;;; 853000))
10855 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10856
10857 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10858 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10859
10860 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10861
10862 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10863 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10864
10865 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10866
10867 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10868 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10869
10870 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10871
10872 ;;;***
10873 \f
10874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21607 56024 300834 853000))
10875 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10876 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10877
10878 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10879 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10880
10881 \(fn)" t nil)
10882
10883 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10884 Display FILE's commentary section.
10885 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10886
10887 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10888
10889 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10890 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10891
10892 \(fn)" t nil)
10893
10894 ;;;***
10895 \f
10896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21607 56024 300834
10897 ;;;;;; 853000))
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10899
10900 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10901 Toggle flow control handling.
10902 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10903 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10904
10905 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10906
10907 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10908 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10909 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10910 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10911 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10912 to get the effect of a C-q.
10913
10914 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10915
10916 ;;;***
10917 \f
10918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21607 56024
10919 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
10920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10921
10922 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10923
10924
10925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10926
10927 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10928
10929
10930 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10931
10932 ;;;***
10933 \f
10934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21607 56025
10935 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
10936 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10937 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10938
10939 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10940 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10941 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10942 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10943 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10944 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10945
10946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10947
10948 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10949 Turn flymake mode on.
10950
10951 \(fn)" nil nil)
10952
10953 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10954 Turn flymake mode off.
10955
10956 \(fn)" nil nil)
10957
10958 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10959
10960
10961 \(fn)" nil nil)
10962
10963 ;;;***
10964 \f
10965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21607 56025
10966 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10968
10969 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10970 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10971
10972 \(fn)" t nil)
10973 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10974
10975 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10976 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10977 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10978 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10979 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10980
10981 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10982 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10983 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10984
10985 Bindings:
10986 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10987 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10988 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10989 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10990
10991 Hooks:
10992 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10993
10994 Remark:
10995 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10996 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10997 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10998
10999 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11000 consider adding:
11001 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11002 in your init file.
11003
11004 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11005 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11006
11007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11008
11009 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11010 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11011
11012 \(fn)" nil nil)
11013
11014 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11015 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11016
11017 \(fn)" nil nil)
11018
11019 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11020 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11021
11022 \(fn)" nil nil)
11023
11024 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11025 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11026
11027 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11028
11029 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11030 Flyspell whole buffer.
11031
11032 \(fn)" t nil)
11033
11034 ;;;***
11035 \f
11036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21607 56024 300834
11037 ;;;;;; 853000))
11038 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11039 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11040
11041 ;;;***
11042 \f
11043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21607 56024 300834 853000))
11044 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11045
11046 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11047 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11048
11049 \(fn)" nil nil)
11050
11051 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11052 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11053
11054 \(fn)" nil nil)
11055
11056 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11057 Toggle Follow mode.
11058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11059 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11060 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11061
11062 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11063 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11064
11065 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11066 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11067 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11068
11069 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11070 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11071 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11072 movement commands.
11073
11074 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11075 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11076 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11077 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11078 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11079 mileage may vary).
11080
11081 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11082 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11083
11084 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11085
11086 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11087
11088 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11089 \\{follow-mode-map}
11090
11091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11092
11093 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11094 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11095
11096 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11097 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11098 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11099 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11100 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11101 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11102
11103 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11104 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11105 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11106
11107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11108
11109 ;;;***
11110 \f
11111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21607 56024
11112 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
11113 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11114 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11115
11116 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11117 Toggle Footnote mode.
11118 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11119 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11120 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11121
11122 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11123 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11124 play around with the following keys:
11125 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11126
11127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11128
11129 ;;;***
11130 \f
11131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21607 56024 300834 853000))
11132 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11133
11134 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11135 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11136
11137 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11138 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11139 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11140 C-c < forms-first-record <
11141 C-c > forms-last-record >
11142 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11143 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11144 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11145 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11146 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11147 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11148 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11149 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11150 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11151 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11152
11153 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11154
11155 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11156 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11157
11158 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11159
11160 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11161 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11162
11163 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11164
11165 ;;;***
11166 \f
11167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21607 56025
11168 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
11169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11170
11171 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11172 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11173 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11174
11175 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11176 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11177
11178 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11179
11180 Key definitions:
11181 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11182
11183 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11184
11185 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11186 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11187 `fortran-do-indent'
11188 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11189 `fortran-if-indent'
11190 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11191 `fortran-structure-indent'
11192 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11193 (default 3)
11194 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11195 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11196 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11197 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11198 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11199 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11200 nil don't change the indentation
11201 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11202 value of either
11203 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11204 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11205 depending on the continuation format in use.
11206 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11207 indentation for a line of code.
11208 (default 'fixed)
11209 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11210 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11211 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11212 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11213 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11214 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11215 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11216 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11217 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11218 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11219 column 5.
11220 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11221 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11222 statements (default nil).
11223 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11224 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11225 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11226 `fortran-continuation-string'
11227 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11228 line (default \"$\").
11229 `fortran-comment-region'
11230 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11231 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11232 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11233 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11234 as typed (default t).
11235 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11236 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11237
11238 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11239 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11240
11241 \(fn)" t nil)
11242
11243 ;;;***
11244 \f
11245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21607 56025 301574
11246 ;;;;;; 889000))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11248
11249 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11250 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11251
11252 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11253 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11254
11255 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11256
11257 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11258 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11259
11260 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11261 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11262
11263 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11264
11265 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11266 Compile fortune file.
11267
11268 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11269 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11270
11271 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11272
11273 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11274 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11275
11276 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11277 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11278 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11279 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11280
11281 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11282
11283 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11284 Display a fortune cookie.
11285 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11286 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11287 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11288 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11289
11290 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11291
11292 ;;;***
11293 \f
11294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21607 56059 303525
11295 ;;;;;; 127000))
11296 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11297
11298 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11299 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11300 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11301
11302 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11303 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11304 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11305
11306 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11307 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11308
11309 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11310 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11311
11312 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11313 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11314 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11315 intend to modify existing values, do
11316
11317 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11318
11319 before changing anything.
11320
11321 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11322 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11323
11324 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11325 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11326 to restore the frame.
11327
11328 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11329 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11330 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11331
11332 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11333 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11334 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11335 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11336 FILTER A filter function.
11337
11338 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11339 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11340
11341 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11342
11343 where
11344
11345 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11346 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11347 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11348 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11349 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11350 before restoring it.
11351 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11352
11353 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11354 It must return:
11355 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11356 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11357 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11358
11359 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11360 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11361
11362 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11363 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11364 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11365 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11366 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11367 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11368 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11369
11370 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11371
11372 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11373 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11374
11375 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11376
11377 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11378 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11379 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11380 If nil, check all live frames.
11381
11382 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11383
11384 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11385 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11386 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11387 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11388 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11389 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11390 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11391 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11392 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11393 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11394 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11395
11396 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11397
11398 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11399 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11400
11401 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11402 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11403 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11404 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11405 and window-state is not restored.
11406
11407 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11408 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11409
11410 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11411 t All existing frames can be reused.
11412 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11413 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11414 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11415 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11416
11417 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11418 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11419 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11420 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11421 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11422 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11423 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11424 be created from that parameter alist.
11425
11426 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11427 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11428 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11429 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11430 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11431 - the live frame just restored,
11432 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11433 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11434 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11435
11436 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11437 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11438 nil Keep all frames.
11439 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11440 - FRAME, a live frame.
11441 - ACTION, which can be one of
11442 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11443 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11444 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11445 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11446 Return value is ignored.
11447
11448 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11449 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11450 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11451 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11452 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11453
11454 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11455
11456 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11457
11458 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11459 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11460 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11461
11462 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11463
11464 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11465 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11466 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11467 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11468
11469 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11470
11471 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11472
11473 ;;;***
11474 \f
11475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21607 56025
11476 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
11477 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11478 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11479
11480 ;;;***
11481 \f
11482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21607 56025
11483 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
11484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11485
11486 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11487 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11488 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11489
11490 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11491
11492 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11493 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11494 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11495 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11496 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11497 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11498 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11499
11500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11501
11502 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11503 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11504 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11505 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11506
11507 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11508 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11509 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11510 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11511 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11512
11513 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11514 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11515 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11516 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11517
11518 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11519 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11520 shown in some of the buffers.
11521
11522 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11523
11524 The following commands help control operation :
11525
11526 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11527 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11528
11529 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11530 detailed description of this mode.
11531
11532
11533 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11534 | GDB Toolbar |
11535 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11536 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11537 | | |
11538 | | |
11539 | | |
11540 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11541 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11542 | | (comint-mode) |
11543 | | |
11544 | | |
11545 | | |
11546 | | |
11547 | | |
11548 | | |
11549 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11550 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11551 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11552 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11553 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11554 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11555
11556 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11557
11558 ;;;***
11559 \f
11560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21607 56024
11561 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
11562 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11563
11564 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11565 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11566 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11567 instead (which see).")
11568
11569 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11570 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11571
11572 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11573 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11574 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11575 documentation string instead.
11576
11577 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11578 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11579 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11580 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11581 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11582 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11583 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11584 enders are actually possible.
11585
11586 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11587 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11588
11589 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11590 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11591 `font-lock-keywords'.
11592
11593 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11594 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11595 runs the macro expansion.
11596
11597 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11598 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11599 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11600
11601 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11602
11603 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11604
11605 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11606
11607 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11608
11609 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11610 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11611
11612 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11613
11614 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11615 Enter generic mode MODE.
11616
11617 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11618 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11619 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11620
11621 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11622 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11623
11624 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11625
11626 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11627 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11628 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11629 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11630 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11631 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11632 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11633 `font-lock-keywords'.
11634
11635 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11636
11637 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11638
11639 ;;;***
11640 \f
11641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21607 56025
11642 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
11643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11644
11645 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11646 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11647 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11648 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11649 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11650 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11651
11652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11653
11654 ;;;***
11655 \f
11656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21607 56059
11657 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
11658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11659
11660 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11661 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11662 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11663
11664 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11665
11666 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11667 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11668
11669 Guideline for numbers:
11670 1 - error messages
11671 3 - non-serious error messages
11672 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11673 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11674 9 - messages inside loops.
11675
11676 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11677
11678 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11679 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11680 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11681
11682 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11683
11684 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11685 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11686
11687 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11688
11689 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11690 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11691
11692 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11693 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11694 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11695 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11696 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11697 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11698
11699 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11700 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11701 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11702 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11703 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11704
11705 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11706
11707 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11708
11709 ;;;***
11710 \f
11711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
11712 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11713 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11714 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11715 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11716
11717 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11718 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11719
11720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11721
11722 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11723 Read network news.
11724 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11725 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11726 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11727 name of an NNTP server to use.
11728 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11729 server.
11730
11731 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11732
11733 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11734 Read news as a slave.
11735
11736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11737
11738 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11739 Pop up a frame to read news.
11740 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11741 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11742 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11743 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11744 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11745 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11746 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11747 current display is used.
11748
11749 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11750
11751 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11752 Read network news.
11753 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11754 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11755 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11756
11757 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11758
11759 ;;;***
11760 \f
11761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21607 56024
11762 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
11763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11764
11765 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11766 Start Gnus unplugged.
11767
11768 \(fn)" t nil)
11769
11770 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11771 Start Gnus plugged.
11772
11773 \(fn)" t nil)
11774
11775 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11776 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11777
11778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11779
11780 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11781 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11782
11783 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11784 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11785 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11786
11787 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11788 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11789 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11790
11791 \(fn)" t nil)
11792
11793 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11794 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11795
11796 \(fn)" nil nil)
11797
11798 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11799 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11800 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11801 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11802 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11803 supported.
11804
11805 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11806
11807 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11808 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11809 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11810 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11811 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11812 supported.
11813
11814 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11815
11816 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11817 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11818
11819 \(fn)" nil nil)
11820
11821 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11822 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11823 downloaded into the agent.
11824
11825 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11826
11827 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11828 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11829 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11830 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11831
11832 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11833
11834 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11835 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11836
11837 \(fn)" t nil)
11838
11839 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11840 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11841
11842 \(fn)" t nil)
11843
11844 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11845 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11846 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11847
11848 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11849
11850 ;;;***
11851 \f
11852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21607 56059
11853 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
11854 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11855
11856 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11857 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11858
11859 \(fn)" nil nil)
11860
11861 ;;;***
11862 \f
11863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21607
11864 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
11865 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11866
11867 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11868 Set a bookmark for this article.
11869
11870 \(fn)" t nil)
11871
11872 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11873 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11874
11875 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11876
11877 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11878 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11879 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11880 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11881 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11882
11883 \(fn)" t nil)
11884
11885 ;;;***
11886 \f
11887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21607 56059
11888 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
11889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11890
11891 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11892 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11893
11894 Usage:
11895 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11896
11897 \(fn)" t nil)
11898
11899 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11900 Generate the cache active file.
11901
11902 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11903
11904 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11905 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11906
11907 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11908
11909 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11910 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11911 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11912 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11913 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11914 supported.
11915
11916 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11917
11918 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11919 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11920 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11921 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11922 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11923 supported.
11924
11925 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11926
11927 ;;;***
11928 \f
11929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21607 56059
11930 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
11931 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11932
11933 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11934 Delay this article by some time.
11935 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11936
11937 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11938 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11939
11940 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11941 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11942
11943 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11944 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11945
11946 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11947
11948 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11949 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11950
11951 \(fn)" t nil)
11952
11953 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11954 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11955 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11956 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11957
11958 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11959 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11960
11961 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11962
11963 ;;;***
11964 \f
11965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21607 56024
11966 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
11967 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11968
11969 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11970
11971
11972 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11973
11974 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11975
11976
11977 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11978
11979 ;;;***
11980 \f
11981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21607 56024
11982 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
11983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11984
11985 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11986 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11987
11988 \(fn)" t nil)
11989
11990 ;;;***
11991 \f
11992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21607 56024
11993 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
11994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11995
11996 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11997 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11998
11999 \(fn)" t nil)
12000
12001 ;;;***
12002 \f
12003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21607 56059
12004 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
12005 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12006
12007 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12008 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12009
12010 \(fn)" t nil)
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12013 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12014
12015 \(fn)" t nil)
12016
12017 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12018 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12019
12020 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12021 different input formats.
12022
12023 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12024
12025 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12026 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12027
12028 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12029 different input formats.
12030
12031 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12032
12033 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12034 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12035 The PNG is returned as a string.
12036
12037 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12038
12039 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12040 Convert FILE to a Face.
12041 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12042 726 bytes.
12043
12044 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12045
12046 ;;;***
12047 \f
12048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21607
12049 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
12050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12051
12052 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12053 Display gravatar in the From header.
12054 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12055
12056 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12057
12058 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12059 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12060 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12061
12062 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12063
12064 ;;;***
12065 \f
12066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21607 56059
12067 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
12068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12069
12070 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12071 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12072 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12073 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12074
12075 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12076
12077 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12078 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12079
12080 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12081
12082 ;;;***
12083 \f
12084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21607 56059
12085 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12087
12088 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12089
12090
12091 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12092
12093 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12094
12095
12096 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12097
12098 ;;;***
12099 \f
12100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21607 56024
12101 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12103
12104 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12105
12106 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12107 Run batched scoring.
12108 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12109
12110 \(fn)" t nil)
12111
12112 ;;;***
12113 \f
12114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21607 56024 801559
12115 ;;;;;; 72000))
12116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12117
12118 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12119
12120
12121 \(fn)" nil nil)
12122
12123 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12124 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12125 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12126
12127 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12128
12129 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12130 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12131
12132 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12133
12134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12135
12136 ;;;***
12137 \f
12138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21607 56059
12139 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
12140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12141
12142 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12143 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12144 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12145 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12146 group parameters.
12147
12148 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12149 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12150 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12151 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12152
12153 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12154 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12155 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12156 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12157 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12158 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12159 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12160 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12161 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12162 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12163
12164 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12165
12166 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12167 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12168 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12169 nil CATCH-ALL).
12170
12171 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12172 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12173
12174 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12175
12176 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12177 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12178 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12179
12180 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12181
12182 \(fn)" nil nil)
12183
12184 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12185 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12186 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12187
12188 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12189
12190 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12191 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12192 existing groups are considered.
12193
12194 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12195 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12196 returned.
12197
12198 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12199 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12200 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12201 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12202 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12203 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12204 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12205 clauses will be generated.
12206
12207 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12208 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12209 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12210 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12211 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12212 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12213
12214 For example, given the following group parameters:
12215
12216 nnml:mail.bar:
12217 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12218 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12219 nnml:mail.foo:
12220 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12221 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12222 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12223 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12224 nnml:mail.others:
12225 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12226
12227 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12228
12229 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12230 \"mail.bar\")
12231 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12232 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12233 \"mail.others\")
12234
12235 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12236
12237 ;;;***
12238 \f
12239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21607 56059
12240 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
12241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12242
12243 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12244 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12245 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12246 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12247 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12248 instead.
12249
12250 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12251
12252 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12253 Mail to ADDRESS.
12254
12255 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12256
12257 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12258 Like `message-reply'.
12259
12260 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12261
12262 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12263
12264 ;;;***
12265 \f
12266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12267 ;;;;;; (21607 56059 303525 127000))
12268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12269
12270 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12271 Send a notification on new message.
12272 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12273 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12274 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12275
12276 This is typically a function to add in
12277 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12278
12279 \(fn)" nil nil)
12280
12281 ;;;***
12282 \f
12283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21607 56059
12284 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12288 Display picons in the From header.
12289 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12290
12291 \(fn)" t nil)
12292
12293 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12294 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12295 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12296
12297 \(fn)" t nil)
12298
12299 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12300 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12301 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12302
12303 \(fn)" t nil)
12304
12305 ;;;***
12306 \f
12307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21607 56024
12308 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
12309 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12310
12311 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12312 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12313 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12314 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12315
12316 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12317
12318 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12319 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12320 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12321 LIST1 is modified.
12322
12323 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12324
12325 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12326 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12327 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12328
12329 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12330
12331 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12332
12333
12334 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12335
12336 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12337 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12338 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12339
12340 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12341
12342 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12343 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12344 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12345
12346 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12347
12348 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12349
12350 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12351 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12352 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12353
12354 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12355
12356 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12357 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12358 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12359
12360 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12361
12362 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12363 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12364 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12365
12366 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12367
12368 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12369 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12370
12371 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12372
12373 ;;;***
12374 \f
12375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21607
12376 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
12377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12378
12379 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12380 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12381
12382 \(fn)" t nil)
12383
12384 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12385 Install the registry hooks.
12386
12387 \(fn)" t nil)
12388
12389 ;;;***
12390 \f
12391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21607 56024
12392 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
12393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12394
12395 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12396 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12397 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12398 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12399 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12400 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12401
12402 \(fn)" t nil)
12403
12404 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12405 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12406 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12407 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12408 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12409
12410 \(fn)" t nil)
12411
12412 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12413
12414
12415 \(fn)" t nil)
12416
12417 ;;;***
12418 \f
12419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21607 56059
12420 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
12421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12422
12423 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12424 Update the format specification near point.
12425
12426 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12427
12428 ;;;***
12429 \f
12430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21607 56059
12431 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
12432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12433
12434 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12435 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12436
12437 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12438
12439 ;;;***
12440 \f
12441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21607 56059
12442 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12444
12445 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12446 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12447 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12448
12449 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12450
12451 ;;;***
12452 \f
12453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21607 56024
12454 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
12455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12456
12457 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12458 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12459
12460 \(fn)" t nil)
12461
12462 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12463 Install the sync hooks.
12464
12465 \(fn)" t nil)
12466
12467 ;;;***
12468 \f
12469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21607 56024
12470 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
12471 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12472
12473 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12474 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12475
12476 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12477
12478 ;;;***
12479 \f
12480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21607 56059 303525
12481 ;;;;;; 127000))
12482 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12483
12484 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12485 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12486 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12487 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12488 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12489 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12490
12491 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12492
12493 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12494
12495 ;;;***
12496 \f
12497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21607 56025 301574
12498 ;;;;;; 889000))
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12500
12501 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12502 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12503
12504 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12505 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12506 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12507
12508 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12509 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12510 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12511
12512 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12513 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12514
12515 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12516 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12517
12518 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12519
12520 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12521
12522 ;;;***
12523 \f
12524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21607 56025
12525 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12527
12528 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12529
12530 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12531 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12532 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12533 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12534 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12535
12536 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12537
12538 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12539 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12540 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12541 or to send e-mail.
12542 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12543 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12544
12545 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12546 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12547
12548 \(fn)" t nil)
12549 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12550
12551 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12552 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12554 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12555 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12556
12557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12558
12559 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12560 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12561
12562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12563
12564 ;;;***
12565 \f
12566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21607 56059
12567 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
12568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12569
12570 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12571 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12572 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12573
12574 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12575
12576 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12577 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12578
12579 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12580
12581 ;;;***
12582 \f
12583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21607 56059 303525
12584 ;;;;;; 127000))
12585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12586
12587 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12588 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12589
12590 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12591
12592 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12593 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12594 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12595 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12596 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12597
12598 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12599 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12600 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12601
12602 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12603
12604 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12605 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12606 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12607 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12608 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12609
12610 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12611
12612 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12613 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12614
12615 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12616
12617 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12618 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12619
12620 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12621 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12622 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12623
12624 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12625 The default find program.
12626 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12627 and others.")
12628
12629 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12630 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12631 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12632 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12633
12634 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12635 How to invoke find and grep.
12636 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12637 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12638 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12639 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12640
12641 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12642
12643 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12644 History list for grep.")
12645
12646 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12647 History list for grep-find.")
12648
12649 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12650 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12651 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12652
12653 \(fn)" nil nil)
12654
12655 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12656
12657
12658 \(fn)" nil nil)
12659
12660 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12661 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12662
12663 \(fn)" nil nil)
12664
12665 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12666 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12667 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12668 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12669 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12670
12671 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12672 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12673
12674 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12675 can easily repeat a grep command.
12676
12677 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12678 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12679 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12680 list is empty).
12681
12682 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12683
12684 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12685 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12686 Collect output in a buffer.
12687 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12688 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12689
12690 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12691 easily repeat a find command.
12692
12693 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12694
12695 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12696
12697 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12698 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12699 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12700 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12701 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12702
12703 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12704 before it is executed.
12705 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12706
12707 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12708 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12709 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12710
12711 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12712
12713 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12714
12715 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12716 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12717 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12718 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12719 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12720
12721 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12722 before it is executed.
12723 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12724
12725 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12726 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12727 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12728 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12729
12730 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12731
12732 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12733 to specify a command to run.
12734
12735 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12736
12737 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12738 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12739 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12740 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12741
12742 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12743
12744 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12745
12746 ;;;***
12747 \f
12748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
12749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12750
12751 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12752 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12753 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12754 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12755 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12756
12757 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12758
12759 ;;;***
12760 \f
12761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21607 56059 303525
12762 ;;;;;; 127000))
12763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12764
12765 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12766 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12767 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12768 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12769
12770 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12771
12772 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12773 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12774 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12775 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12776
12777 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12778
12779 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12780 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12781 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12782 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12783
12784 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12785
12786 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12787 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12788 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12789 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12790
12791 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12792 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12793
12794 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12795
12796 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12797 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12798 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12799 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12800
12801 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12802
12803 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12804 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12805 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12806 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12807
12808 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12809
12810 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12811 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12812 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12813 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12814 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12815
12816 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12817 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12818 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12819 original source file access method.
12820
12821 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12822 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12823
12824 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12825
12826 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12827 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12828
12829 \(fn)" t nil)
12830
12831 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12832 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12833 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12834 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12835 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12836 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12837
12838 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12839
12840 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12841 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12842 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12843 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12844 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12845
12846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12847
12848 ;;;***
12849 \f
12850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21607 56058 801550
12851 ;;;;;; 360000))
12852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12853
12854 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12855 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12856 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12857 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12858 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12859 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12860 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12861 set it to.
12862 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12863
12864 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12865
12866 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12867 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12868 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12869 of PLACE.
12870 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12871 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12872 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12873 and SETTER.
12874 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12875 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12876
12877 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12878
12879 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12880
12881 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12882 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12883 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12884 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12885 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12886
12887 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12888
12889 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12890
12891 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12892
12893
12894 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12895
12896 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12897
12898 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12899
12900 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12901 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12902 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12903 well for simple place forms.
12904 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12905 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12906 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12907 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12908 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12909 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12910 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12911
12912 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12913
12914 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12915
12916 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12917 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12918 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12919 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12920 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12921
12922 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12923 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12924 (let ((temp VAL))
12925 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12926 temp)
12927 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12928
12929 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12930
12931 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12932 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12933 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12934 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12935 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12936 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12937
12938 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12939
12940 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12941
12942 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12943 Return a reference to PLACE.
12944 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12945 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12946 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12947 binding mode.
12948
12949 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12950
12951 ;;;***
12952 \f
12953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21607 56025
12954 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
12955 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12956
12957 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12958 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12959 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12960 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12961
12962 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12963 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12964 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12965 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12966
12967 \(fn)" t nil)
12968
12969 ;;;***
12970 \f
12971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21607 56025 301574
12972 ;;;;;; 889000))
12973 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12974
12975 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12976 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12977
12978 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12979
12980 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12981 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12982 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12983 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12984
12985 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12986
12987 \(fn)" t nil)
12988
12989 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12990 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12991 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12992 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12993 to be updated.
12994
12995 \(fn)" t nil)
12996
12997 ;;;***
12998 \f
12999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21607 56059
13000 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
13001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13002
13003 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13004 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13005
13006 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13007
13008 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13009 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13010 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13011
13012 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13013
13014 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13015 Verify a hashcash payment
13016
13017 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13018
13019 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13020 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13021 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13022 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13023 `mail-add-payment-async').
13024
13025 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13026
13027 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13028 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13029 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13030 Calculation is asynchronous.
13031
13032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13033
13034 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13035 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13036 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13037
13038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13039
13040 ;;;***
13041 \f
13042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21607 56024 801559
13043 ;;;;;; 72000))
13044 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13045
13046 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13047 Return the help-echo string at point.
13048 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13049 property, or nil, is returned.
13050 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13051 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13052 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13053
13054 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13055
13056 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13057 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13058 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13059 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13060 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13061
13062 \(fn)" nil nil)
13063
13064 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13065 Display local help in the echo area.
13066 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13067 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13068 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13069 printed instead.
13070
13071 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13072 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13073 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13074
13075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13076
13077 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13078 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13079 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13080
13081 \(fn)" t nil)
13082
13083 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13084 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13085 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13086
13087 \(fn)" t nil)
13088
13089 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13090 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13091 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13092 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13093 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13094 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13095 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13096 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13097 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13098 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13099 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13100
13101 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13102 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13103 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13104 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13105 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13106
13107 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13108 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13109 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13110 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13111 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13112 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13113 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13114 The default is `never'.")
13115
13116 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13117
13118 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13119 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13120 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13121 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13122 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13123 considered different regions.
13124
13125 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13126 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13127 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13128 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13129 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13130 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13131 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13132 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13133 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13134
13135 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13136
13137 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13138 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13139 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13140 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13141 different regions.
13142
13143 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13144 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13145 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13146 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13147 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13148 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13149 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13150 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13151
13152 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13153 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13154 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13155 rarely happens in practice.
13156
13157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13158
13159 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13160 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13161 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13162 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13163 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13164 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13165
13166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13167
13168 ;;;***
13169 \f
13170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21607 56059 303525
13171 ;;;;;; 127000))
13172 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13173
13174 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13175 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13176
13177 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13178
13179 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13180 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13181 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13182
13183 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13184
13185 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13186 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13187 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13188 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13189 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13190 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13191 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13192 search for a function definition.
13193
13194 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13195 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13196 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13197 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13198 suitable file is found, return nil.
13199
13200 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13201
13202 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13203
13204
13205 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13206
13207 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13208 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13209 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13210 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13211
13212 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13213
13214 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13215 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13216 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13217 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13218 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13219 it is displayed along with the global value.
13220
13221 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13222
13223 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13224 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13225 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13226 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13227
13228 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13229
13230 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13231 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13232 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13233 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13234 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13235
13236 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13237
13238 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13239 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13240
13241 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13242
13243 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13244 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13245
13246 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13247
13248 ;;;***
13249 \f
13250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21607 56024 801559
13251 ;;;;;; 72000))
13252 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13253
13254 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13255 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13256 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13257 window listing and describing the options.
13258 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13259 gives the window that lists the options.")
13260
13261 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13262
13263 ;;;***
13264 \f
13265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21607 56024 801559
13266 ;;;;;; 72000))
13267 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13268
13269 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13270 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13271 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13272 Commands:
13273 \\{help-mode-map}
13274
13275 \(fn)" t nil)
13276
13277 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13278
13279
13280 \(fn)" nil nil)
13281
13282 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13283
13284
13285 \(fn)" nil nil)
13286
13287 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13288 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13289
13290 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13291 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13292 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13293 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13294
13295 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13296 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13297 restore it properly when going back.
13298
13299 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13300
13301 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13302 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13303 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13304 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13305 from `help-mode'.
13306 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13307 it does not already exist.
13308
13309 \(fn)" nil nil)
13310
13311 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13312 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13313
13314 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13315 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13316 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13317 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13318 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13319 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13320 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13321 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13322
13323 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13324 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13325 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13326 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13327
13328 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13329 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13330 that.
13331
13332 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13333
13334 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13335 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13336 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13337 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13338 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13339 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13340
13341 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13342
13343 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13344 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13345 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13346 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13347 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13348
13349 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13350
13351 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13352 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13353
13354 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13355
13356 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13357 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13358 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13359 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13360
13361 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13362
13363 ;;;***
13364 \f
13365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21607 56024
13366 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
13367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13368
13369 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13370 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13371
13372 \(fn)" t nil)
13373
13374 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13375 Provide help for current mode.
13376
13377 \(fn)" t nil)
13378
13379 ;;;***
13380 \f
13381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
13382 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13383
13384 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13385 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13386 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13387 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13388 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13389
13390 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13391 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13392
13393 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13394 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13395 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13396 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13397
13398 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13399 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13400 periods.
13401
13402 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13403 in hexl format.
13404
13405 A sample format:
13406
13407 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13408 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13409 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13410 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13411 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13412 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13413 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13414 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13415 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13416 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13417 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13418 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13419 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13420 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13421 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13422
13423 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13424 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13425 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13426
13427 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13428 also supported.
13429
13430 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13431
13432 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13433 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13434 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13435
13436 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13437 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13438 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13439
13440 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13441 into the buffer at the current point.
13442
13443 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13444 into the buffer at the current point.
13445
13446 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13447 into the buffer at the current point.
13448
13449 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13450
13451 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13452 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13453
13454 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13455
13456 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13457
13458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13459
13460 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13461 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13462 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13463 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13464
13465 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13466
13467 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13468 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13469 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13470
13471 \(fn)" t nil)
13472
13473 ;;;***
13474 \f
13475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21607 56059 303525
13476 ;;;;;; 127000))
13477 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13478
13479 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13480 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13481 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13482 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13483 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13484
13485 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13486 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13487 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13488 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13489
13490 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13491 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13492 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13493 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13494
13495 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13496 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13497 which can be called interactively, are:
13498
13499 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13500 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13501
13502 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13503 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13504 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13505 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13506
13507 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13508 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13509
13510 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13511 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13512 available face automatically.
13513
13514 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13515 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13516
13517 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13518 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13519 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13520 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13521 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13522 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13523 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13524 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13525 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13526 function returns t.
13527
13528 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13529 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13530
13531 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13532 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13533 form:
13534 Hi-lock: FOO
13535
13536 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13537 position (number of characters into buffer)
13538 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13539 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13540 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13541
13542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13543
13544 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13545 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13546 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13548 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13549 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13550
13551 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13552
13553 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13554 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13555 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13556 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13557 ARG is omitted or nil.
13558
13559 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13560 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13561 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13562
13563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13564
13565 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13566
13567 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13568 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13569 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13570 Use the global history list for FACE.
13571
13572 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13573 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13574 highlighting will not update as you type.
13575
13576 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13577
13578 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13579
13580 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13581 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13582 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13583 Use the global history list for FACE.
13584
13585 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13586 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13587 highlighting will not update as you type.
13588
13589 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13590
13591 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13592
13593 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13594 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13595 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13596 Use the global history list for FACE.
13597
13598 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13599 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13600 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13601
13602 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13603 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13604 highlighting will not update as you type.
13605
13606 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13607
13608 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13609
13610 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13611 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13612 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13613 unless you use a prefix argument.
13614 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13615
13616 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13617 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13618
13619 \(fn)" t nil)
13620
13621 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13622
13623 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13624 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13625 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13626 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13627 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13628 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13629
13630 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13631
13632 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13633 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13634
13635 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13636 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13637 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13638
13639 \(fn)" t nil)
13640
13641 ;;;***
13642 \f
13643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21607 56059
13644 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
13645 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13646
13647 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13648 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13649 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13650 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13651 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13652
13653 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13654 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13655 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13656 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13657
13658 `hide-ifdef-env'
13659 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13660 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13661 is used.
13662
13663 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13664 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13665 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13666 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13667 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13668
13669 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13670 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13671 #endif lines when hiding.
13672
13673 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13674 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13675 is activated.
13676
13677 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13678 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13679 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13680
13681 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13682
13683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13684
13685 ;;;***
13686 \f
13687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21607 56059
13688 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
13689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13690
13691 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13692 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13693 Each element has the form
13694 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13695
13696 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13697 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13698
13699 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13700 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13701
13702 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13703 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13704 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13705 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13706 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13707 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13708
13709 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13710 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13711
13712 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13713 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13714
13715 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13716 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13717 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13718
13719 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13720 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13721 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13722 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13723 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13724
13725 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13726 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13727 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13728
13729 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13730 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13731 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13732
13733 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13734 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13735
13736 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13737
13738 Key bindings:
13739 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13740
13741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13742
13743 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13744 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13745
13746 \(fn)" nil nil)
13747
13748 ;;;***
13749 \f
13750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21607 56024 801559
13751 ;;;;;; 72000))
13752 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13753
13754 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13755 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13756 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13757 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13758 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13759
13760 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13761 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13762 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13763 this on and off.
13764
13765 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13766 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13767 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13768 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13769 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13770 through various faces.
13771 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13772 buffer with the contents of a file
13773 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13774
13775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13776
13777 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13778 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13780 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13781 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13782
13783 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13784 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13785 in a distinctive face.
13786
13787 The default value can be customized with variable
13788 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13789
13790 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13791
13792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13793
13794 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13795 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13796 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13797
13798 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13799
13800 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13801 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13802
13803 \(fn)" t nil)
13804
13805 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13806 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13807
13808 \(fn)" t nil)
13809
13810 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13811 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13812
13813 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13814 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13815 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13816 shown in the last face in the list.
13817
13818 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13819 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13820 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13821
13822 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13823
13824 \(fn)" t nil)
13825
13826 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13827 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13828
13829 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13830
13831 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13832 to save the file.
13833
13834 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13835 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13836
13837 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13838 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13839 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13840
13841 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13842
13843 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13844 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13845
13846 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13847 this function is called interactively.
13848
13849 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13850 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13851 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13852
13853 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13854 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13855 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13856
13857 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13858
13859 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13860 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13861 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13863 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13864 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13865
13866 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13867
13868 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13869 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13870 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13871 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13872 ARG is omitted or nil.
13873
13874 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13875 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13876 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13877
13878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13879
13880 ;;;***
13881 \f
13882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21607 56059 303525
13883 ;;;;;; 127000))
13884 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13885 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13886
13887 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13888 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13889 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13890 or insert functions in this list.")
13891
13892 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13893
13894 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13895 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13896 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13897 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13898 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13899 expansions.
13900 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13901 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13902 undoes the expansion.
13903
13904 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13905
13906 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13907 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13908 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13909 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13910
13911 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13912
13913 ;;;***
13914 \f
13915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21607 56024 801559
13916 ;;;;;; 72000))
13917 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13918
13919 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13920 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13921 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13922 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13923 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13924
13925 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13926 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13927 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13928 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13929 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13930 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13931
13932 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13933 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13934 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13935 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13936
13937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13938
13939 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13940 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13941 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13943 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13944 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13945
13946 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13947
13948 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13949 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13950 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13951 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13952 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13953
13954 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13955 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13956 windows.
13957
13958 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13959 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13960
13961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13962
13963 ;;;***
13964 \f
13965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21607 56058
13966 ;;;;;; 801550 360000))
13967 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13968
13969 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13970
13971 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13972 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13973 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13974
13975 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13976
13977 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13978
13979 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13980
13981 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13982 Oriental holidays.
13983 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13984
13985 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13986
13987 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13988
13989 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13990
13991 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13992 Local holidays.
13993 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13994
13995 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13996
13997 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13998
13999 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14000
14001 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14002 User defined holidays.
14003 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14004
14005 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14006
14007 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14008
14009 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14010 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14011
14012 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14013
14014 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14015 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14016
14017 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14018
14019 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14020 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14021
14022 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14023
14024 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14025 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14026
14027 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14028
14029 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14030
14031 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14032 Jewish holidays.
14033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14034
14035 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14036
14037 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14038
14039 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14040
14041 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14042 Christian holidays.
14043 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14044
14045 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14046
14047 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14048
14049 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14050
14051 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14052 Islamic holidays.
14053 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14054
14055 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14056
14057 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14058
14059 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14060
14061 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14062 Bahá'í holidays.
14063 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14064
14065 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14066
14067 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14068
14069 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14070
14071 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14072 Sun-related holidays.
14073 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14074
14075 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14076
14077 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14078
14079 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14080
14081 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14082 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14083 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14084 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14085
14086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14087
14088 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14089 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14090 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14091 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14092 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14093
14094 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14095 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14096
14097 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14098 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14099
14100 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14101 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14102 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14103 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14104 of a holiday list.
14105
14106 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14107
14108 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14109
14110 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14111
14112 ;;;***
14113 \f
14114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21607 56024
14115 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
14116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14117
14118 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14119 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14120
14121 \(fn)" t nil)
14122
14123 ;;;***
14124 \f
14125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21607 56059
14126 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
14127 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14128 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14129
14130 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14131 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14132 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14133 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14134 as possible.
14135
14136 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14137 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14138 fontified display.
14139
14140 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14141 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14142
14143 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14144 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14145 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14146
14147 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14148
14149 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14150 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14151 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14152
14153 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14154
14155 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14156
14157 ;;;***
14158 \f
14159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21607 56059 303525
14160 ;;;;;; 127000))
14161 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14162
14163 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14164 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14165
14166 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14167 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14168 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14169
14170 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14171 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14172 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14173 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14174 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14175 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14176
14177 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14178 title of the column.
14179
14180 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14181 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14182 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14183 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14184 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14185
14186 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14187
14188 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14189 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14190 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14191 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14192 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14193
14194 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14195 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14196 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14197
14198 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14199
14200 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14201 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14202 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14203 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14204 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14205 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14206
14207 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14208 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14209 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14210 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14211 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14212 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14213 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14214 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14215 values are:
14216 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14217 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14218 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14219 buffer's modification flag.
14220 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14221 prompted before performing this operation.
14222 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14223 operation is complete, in the form:
14224 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14225 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14226 confirmation message, in the form:
14227 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14228 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14229 macro for exactly what it does.
14230
14231 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14232
14233 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14234 Define a filter named NAME.
14235 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14236 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14237 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14238
14239 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14240 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14241 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14242 bound to the current value of the filter.
14243
14244 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14245
14246 ;;;***
14247 \f
14248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21607 56059 303525
14249 ;;;;;; 127000))
14250 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14251
14252 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14253 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14254 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14255 buffers which are visiting a file.
14256
14257 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14258
14259 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14260 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14261 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14262 buffers which are visiting a file.
14263
14264 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14265
14266 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14267 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14268 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14269
14270 All arguments are optional.
14271 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14272 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14273 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14274 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14275 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14276 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14277 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14278 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14279 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14280 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14281 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14282 that value locally in this buffer.
14283
14284 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14285
14286 ;;;***
14287 \f
14288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21607
14289 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
14290 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14291 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14292
14293 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14294 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14295 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14296 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14297
14298 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14299
14300 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14301 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14302 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14303 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14304 ICAL-FILENAME.
14305 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14306 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14307 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14308
14309 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14310
14311 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14312 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14313 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14314 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14315 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14316 non-marking or not.
14317
14318 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14319
14320 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14321 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14322
14323 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14324 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14325 DIARY-FILE.
14326
14327 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14328 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14329 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14330
14331 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14332 non-marking.
14333
14334 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14335 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14336 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14337
14338 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14339
14340 ;;;***
14341 \f
14342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21607 56059 303525
14343 ;;;;;; 127000))
14344 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14345
14346 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14347 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14348 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14350 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14351 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14352
14353 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14354
14355 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14356 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14357 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14358 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14359 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14360
14361 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14362 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14363 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14364 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14365
14366 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14367 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14368
14369 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14370 completions:
14371
14372 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14373
14374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14375
14376 ;;;***
14377 \f
14378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21607 56025 301574
14379 ;;;;;; 889000))
14380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14381
14382 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14383 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14384 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14385 Tab indents for Icon code.
14386 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14387 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14388 \\{icon-mode-map}
14389 Variables controlling indentation style:
14390 icon-tab-always-indent
14391 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14392 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14393 icon-auto-newline
14394 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14395 inserted in Icon code.
14396 icon-indent-level
14397 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14398 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14399 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14400 icon-continued-statement-offset
14401 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14402 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14403 icon-continued-brace-offset
14404 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14405 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14406 icon-brace-offset
14407 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14408 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14409 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14410 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14411
14412 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14413 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14414
14415 \(fn)" t nil)
14416
14417 ;;;***
14418 \f
14419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21607
14420 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
14421 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14422
14423 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14424 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14425 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14426 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14427
14428 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14429 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14430 separate frames.
14431
14432 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14433 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14434
14435 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14436 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14437 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14438
14439 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14440
14441 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14442
14443 ;;;***
14444 \f
14445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21607 56025
14446 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
14447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14448 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14449
14450 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14451 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14452
14453 The main features of this mode are
14454
14455 1. Indentation and Formatting
14456 --------------------------
14457 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14458 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14459
14460 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14461 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14462 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14463 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14464
14465 Comments are indented as follows:
14466
14467 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14468 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14469 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14470
14471 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14472
14473 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14474 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14475 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14476 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14477 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14478 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14479
14480 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14481 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14482 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14483 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14484
14485 2. Routine Info
14486 ------------
14487 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14488 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14489 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14490 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14491 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14492 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14493 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14494 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14495 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14496 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14497
14498 3. Online IDL Help
14499 ---------------
14500
14501 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14502 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14503 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14504 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14505
14506 4. Completion
14507 ----------
14508 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14509 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14510 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14511 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14512 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14513 upper case.
14514
14515 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14516 --------------------------------
14517 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14518 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14519
14520 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14521 \\fu FUNCTION template
14522 \\c CASE statement template
14523 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14524 \\f FOR loop template
14525 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14526 \\w WHILE loop template
14527 \\i IF statement template
14528 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14529 \\b BEGIN
14530
14531 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14532 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14533
14534 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14535 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14536 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14537 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14538
14539 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14540 -------------------------
14541 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14542 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14543
14544 7. Automatic END completion
14545 ------------------------
14546 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14547 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14548
14549 8. Hooks
14550 -----
14551 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14552 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14553
14554 9. Documentation and Customization
14555 -------------------------------
14556 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14557 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14558 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14559 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14560 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14561 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14562
14563 10.Keybindings
14564 -----------
14565 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14566 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14567 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14568
14569 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14570
14571 \(fn)" t nil)
14572
14573 ;;;***
14574 \f
14575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
14576 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14577
14578 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14579 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14580 The following values are possible:
14581 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14582 displaying...)
14583 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14584 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14585 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14586
14587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14588 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14589
14590 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14591
14592 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14593 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14594 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14595 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14596 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14597 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14598 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14599 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14600 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14601
14602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14603
14604 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14605 Switch to another buffer.
14606 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14607 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14608 in another frame.
14609
14610 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14611 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14612 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14613 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14614 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14615
14616 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14617 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14618
14619 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14620
14621 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14622 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14623 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14624 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14625 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14626 in a separate window.
14627 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14628 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14629 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14630 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14631 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14632 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14633 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14634 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14635 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14636
14637 \(fn)" t nil)
14638
14639 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14640 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14641 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14642 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14643
14644 \(fn)" t nil)
14645
14646 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14647 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14648 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14649 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14650
14651 \(fn)" t nil)
14652
14653 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14654 Kill a buffer.
14655 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14656 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14657
14658 \(fn)" t nil)
14659
14660 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14661 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14662 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14663 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14664
14665 \(fn)" t nil)
14666
14667 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14668 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14669 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14670 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14671
14672 \(fn)" t nil)
14673
14674 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14675 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14676
14677 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14678
14679 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14680 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14681 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14682 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14683 in another frame.
14684
14685 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14686 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14687 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14688 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14689 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14690 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14691
14692 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14693 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14694
14695 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14696
14697 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14698 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14699 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14700 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14701 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14702 in a separate window.
14703 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14704 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14705 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14706 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14707 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14708 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14709 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14710 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14711 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14712 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14713 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14714 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14715 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14716 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14717 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14718 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14719 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14720 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14721
14722 \(fn)" t nil)
14723
14724 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14725 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14726 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14727 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14728
14729 \(fn)" t nil)
14730
14731 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14732 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14733 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14734 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14735
14736 \(fn)" t nil)
14737
14738 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14739 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14740 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14741 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14742
14743 \(fn)" t nil)
14744
14745 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14746 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14747 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14748 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14749
14750 \(fn)" t nil)
14751
14752 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14753 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14754 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14755 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14756
14757 \(fn)" t nil)
14758
14759 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14760 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14761 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14762 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14763
14764 \(fn)" t nil)
14765
14766 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14767 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14768 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14769 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14770
14771 \(fn)" t nil)
14772
14773 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14774 Write current buffer to a file.
14775 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14776 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14777
14778 \(fn)" t nil)
14779
14780 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14781 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14782 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14783 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14784
14785 \(fn)" t nil)
14786
14787 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14788 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14789 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14790 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14791
14792 \(fn)" t nil)
14793
14794 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14795 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14796 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14797 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14798 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14799 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14800
14801 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14802
14803 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14804 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14805 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14806 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14807
14808 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14809
14810 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14811 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14812 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14813 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14814
14815 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14816
14817 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14818 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14819 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14820 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14821 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14822 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14823 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14824 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14825 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14826 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14827 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14828 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14829 with point positioned at the end.
14830 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14831 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14832
14833 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14834
14835 ;;;***
14836 \f
14837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
14838 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14839
14840 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14841 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14842 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14843 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14844
14845 \(fn)" t nil)
14846
14847 ;;;***
14848 \f
14849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
14850 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14851
14852 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14853
14854 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14855 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14856 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14857 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14858 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14859 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14860
14861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14862
14863 ;;;***
14864 \f
14865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
14866 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14867
14868 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14869 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14870 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14871 be determined.
14872
14873 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14874
14875 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14876 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14877 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14878 be determined.
14879
14880 \(fn)" nil nil)
14881
14882 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14883 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14884 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14885 be determined.
14886
14887 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14888
14889 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14890 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14891 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14892 be determined.
14893
14894 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14895
14896 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14897 Determine and return image type.
14898 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14899 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14900 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14901 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14902 use its file extension as image type.
14903 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14904
14905 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14906
14907 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14908 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14909 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14910
14911 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14912
14913 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14914 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14915 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14916
14917 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14918 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14919 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14920 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14921 must be available.
14922
14923 \(fn)" nil nil)
14924
14925 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14926 Create an image.
14927 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14928 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14929 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14930 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14931 use its file extension as image type.
14932 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14933 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14934 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14935 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14936
14937 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14938
14939 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14940 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14941 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14942
14943 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14944
14945 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14946 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14947 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14948 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14949 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14950 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14951 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14952 POS may be an integer or marker.
14953 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14954 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14955 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14956 means display it in the right marginal area.
14957
14958 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14959
14960 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14961 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14962 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14963 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14964 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14965 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14966 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14967 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14968 means display it in the right marginal area.
14969 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14970 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14971 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14972 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14973 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14974
14975 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14976
14977 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14978 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14979 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14980 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14981 STRING is a single space.
14982 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14983 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14984 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14985 means display it in the right marginal area.
14986 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14987
14988 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14989
14990 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14991 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14992 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14993 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14994
14995 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14996
14997 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14998 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14999
15000 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15001
15002 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15003 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15004 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15005 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15006 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15007 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15008 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15009 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15010 satisfied.
15011
15012 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15013
15014 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15015
15016 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15017
15018 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15019 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15020
15021 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15022 documentation string.
15023
15024 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15025 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15026 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15027 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15028 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15029 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15030 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15031 define SYMBOL.
15032
15033 Example:
15034
15035 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15036 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15037
15038 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15039
15040 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15041
15042 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15043 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15044 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15045 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15046
15047 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15048 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15049 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15050 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15051
15052 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15053
15054 \(fn)" nil nil)
15055
15056 ;;;***
15057 \f
15058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21607 56024
15059 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
15060 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15061 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15062
15063 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15064 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15065 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15066 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15067 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15068 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15069
15070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15071
15072 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15073 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15074
15075 Convenience command that:
15076
15077 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15078 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15079 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15080
15081 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15082 image files in dired and type
15083 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15084
15085 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15086
15087 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15088 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15089
15090 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15091
15092 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15093 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15094 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15095 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15096 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15097 another one).
15098
15099 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15100 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15101 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15102
15103 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15104 instead of erasing it first.
15105
15106 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15107 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15108 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15109 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15110 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15111 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15112
15113 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15114
15115 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15116 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15117 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15118 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15119 displayed.
15120
15121 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15122
15123 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15124
15125 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15126
15127 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15128 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15129
15130 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15131
15132 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15133 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15134 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15135
15136 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15137
15138 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15139 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15140
15141 \(fn)" t nil)
15142
15143 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15144 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15145 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15146 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15147
15148 \(fn)" t nil)
15149
15150 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15151 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15152
15153 \(fn)" t nil)
15154
15155 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15156 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15157
15158 \(fn)" t nil)
15159
15160 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15161 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15162
15163 \(fn)" t nil)
15164
15165 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15166 Display current image file.
15167 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15168 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15169
15170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15171
15172 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15173 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15174
15175 \(fn)" t nil)
15176
15177 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15178 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15179 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15180 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15181 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15182 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15183 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15184
15185 \(fn)" t nil)
15186
15187 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15188 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15189 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15190 easy-to-use form.
15191
15192 \(fn)" t nil)
15193
15194 ;;;***
15195 \f
15196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21607 56024 801559
15197 ;;;;;; 72000))
15198 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15199
15200 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15201 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15202 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15203 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15204
15205 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15206 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15207 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15208 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15209
15210 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15211
15212 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15213 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15214 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15215 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15216
15217 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15218 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15219 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15220 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15221
15222 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15223
15224 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15225 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15226
15227 \(fn)" nil nil)
15228
15229 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15230 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15231 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15232 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15233
15234 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15235
15236 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15237 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15238 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15240 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15241 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15242
15243 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15244
15245 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15246 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15247 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15248 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15249 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15250
15251 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15252 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15253 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15254
15255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15256
15257 ;;;***
15258 \f
15259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21607 56059 303525
15260 ;;;;;; 127000))
15261 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15262
15263 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15264 Major mode for image files.
15265 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15266 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15267
15268 Key bindings:
15269 \\{image-mode-map}
15270
15271 \(fn)" t nil)
15272
15273 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15274 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15275 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15276 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15277 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15278
15279 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15280 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15281 actual image.
15282
15283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15284
15285 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15286 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15287 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15288 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15289 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15290 to display an image file as the actual image.
15291
15292 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15293 to display an image file as text initially.
15294
15295 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15296 on these modes.
15297
15298 \(fn)" t nil)
15299
15300 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15301
15302
15303 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15304
15305 ;;;***
15306 \f
15307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
15308 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15309
15310 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15311 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15312
15313 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15314
15315 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15316 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15317 in the buffer.
15318
15319 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15320
15321 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15322 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15323 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15324
15325 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15326
15327 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15328 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15329 Each element of this list should have the form
15330
15331 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15332
15333 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15334 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15335 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15336 matches are put).
15337 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15338 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15339 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15340 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15341 another element.
15342 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15343 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15344 the menu item.
15345 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15346 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15347 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15348 the ARGUMENTS.
15349
15350 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15351 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15352 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15353
15354 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15355 create a buffer index.
15356
15357 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15358 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15359 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15360 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15361 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15362
15363 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15364
15365 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15366 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15367
15368 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15369 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15370 called within a `save-excursion'.
15371
15372 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15373
15374 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15375
15376 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15377 Function for finding the next index position.
15378
15379 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15380 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15381 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15382 file.
15383
15384 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15385 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15386
15387 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15388
15389 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15390 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15391
15392 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15393 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15394 It should return the name for that index item.")
15395
15396 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15397
15398 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15399 Function to compare string with index item.
15400
15401 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15402 non-nil if they match.
15403
15404 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15405 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15406 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15407 arguments match\".")
15408
15409 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15410
15411 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15412 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15413 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15414
15415 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15416 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15417
15418 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15419
15420 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15421
15422 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15423 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15424 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15425 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15426
15427 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15428
15429 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15430 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15431
15432 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15433
15434 \(fn)" t nil)
15435
15436 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15437 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15438 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15439 for more information.
15440
15441 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15442
15443 ;;;***
15444 \f
15445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21607 56024
15446 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
15447 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15448
15449 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15450 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15451
15452 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15453
15454 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15455
15456
15457 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15458
15459 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15460
15461
15462 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15463
15464 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15465
15466
15467 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15468
15469 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15470 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15471
15472 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15473
15474 ;;;***
15475 \f
15476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21607 56059
15477 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
15478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15479
15480 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15481 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15482 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15483 to that buffer.
15484 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15485 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15486 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15487 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15488
15489 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15490
15491 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15492
15493 ;;;***
15494 \f
15495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
15496 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15497
15498 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15499 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15500 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15501 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15502 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15503 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15504 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15505 first in this list.
15506
15507 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15508 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15509 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15510 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15511 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15512
15513 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15514 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15515 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15516
15517 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15518 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15519
15520 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15521 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15522
15523 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15524 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15525 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15526 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15527 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15528 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15529 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15530 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15531 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15532 with the top-level Info directory.
15533
15534 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15535 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15536
15537 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15538
15539 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15540 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15541 in all the directories in that path.
15542
15543 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15544
15545 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15546
15547 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15548 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15549
15550 \(fn)" t nil)
15551
15552 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15553 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15554
15555 \(fn)" t nil)
15556
15557 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15558 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15559 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15560 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15561
15562 \(fn)" nil nil)
15563
15564 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15565 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15566 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15567 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15568
15569 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15570
15571 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15572 Go to the Info directory node.
15573
15574 \(fn)" t nil)
15575
15576 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15577 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15578 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15579 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15580 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15581 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15582
15583 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15584
15585 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15586 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15587 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15588
15589 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15590
15591 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15592 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15593 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15594 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15595 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15596
15597 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15598
15599 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15600 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15601 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15602 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15603 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15604
15605 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15606 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15607
15608 Selecting other nodes:
15609 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15610 Follow a node reference you click on.
15611 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15612 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15613 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15614 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15615 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15616 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15617 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15618 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15619 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15620 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15621 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15622 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15623 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15624 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15625 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15626 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15627 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15628 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15629 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15630 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15631
15632 Moving within a node:
15633 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15634 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15635 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15636 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15637 move up to the parent node.
15638 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15639 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15640 if there is none.
15641 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15642
15643 Advanced commands:
15644 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15645 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15646 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15647 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15648 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15649 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15650 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15651 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15652 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15653 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15654 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15655 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15656 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15657 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15658 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15659 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15660
15661 \(fn)" t nil)
15662 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15663
15664 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15665 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15666 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15667 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15668 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15669 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15670
15671 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15672 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15673
15674 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15675 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15676 KEY is a string.
15677 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15678 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15679 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15680 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15681
15682 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15683
15684 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15685 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15686 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15687
15688 \(fn)" t nil)
15689
15690 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15691 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15692 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15693
15694 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15695
15696 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15697 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15698 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15699 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15700
15701 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15702
15703 ;;;***
15704 \f
15705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21607 56024 801559
15706 ;;;;;; 72000))
15707 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15708
15709 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15710 Throw away all cached data.
15711 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15712 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15713 system.
15714
15715 \(fn)" t nil)
15716 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15717
15718 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15719 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15720 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15721 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15722 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15723 one found at point.
15724
15725 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15726
15727 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15728 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15729
15730 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15731 Display the documentation of a file.
15732 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15733 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15734 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15735 The default file name is the one found at point.
15736
15737 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15738
15739 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15740
15741 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15742 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15743
15744 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15745
15746 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15747 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15748
15749 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15750
15751 ;;;***
15752 \f
15753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21607 56024 801559
15754 ;;;;;; 72000))
15755 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15756 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15757
15758 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15759 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15760 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15761 current info file is the default.
15762
15763 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15764 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15765 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15766 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15767 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15768
15769 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15770 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15771 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15772 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15773 mistake in the reference.
15774
15775 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15776 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15777 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15778
15779 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15780 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15781 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15782 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15783
15784 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15785
15786 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15787 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15788 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15789 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15790 checked.
15791
15792 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15793 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15794 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15795 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15796 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15797 should be harmless.
15798
15799 \(fn)" t nil)
15800
15801 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15802 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15803 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15804 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15805
15806 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15807 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15808 and can take a long time.
15809
15810 \(fn)" t nil)
15811
15812 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15813 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15814 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15815
15816 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15817
15818 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15819 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15820
15821 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15822 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15823 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15824 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15825 all builtins).
15826
15827 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15828 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15829 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15830 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15831 the sources handy.
15832
15833 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15834
15835 ;;;***
15836 \f
15837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21607 56024 801559
15838 ;;;;;; 72000))
15839 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15840
15841 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15842 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15843
15844 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15845
15846 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15847 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15848
15849 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15850
15851 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15852 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15853 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15854 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15855
15856 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15857 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15858 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15859
15860 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15861 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15862 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15863 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15864
15865 \(fn)" t nil)
15866
15867 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15868 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15869 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15870
15871 \(fn)" t nil)
15872
15873 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15874 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15875 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15876 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15877 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15878
15879 \(fn)" nil nil)
15880
15881 ;;;***
15882 \f
15883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21607 56023
15884 ;;;;;; 800854 237000))
15885 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15886 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15887
15888 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15889 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15890 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15891
15892 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15893
15894 ;;;***
15895 \f
15896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21607
15897 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15899
15900 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15901 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15902
15903 \(fn)" t nil)
15904
15905 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15906 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15907
15908 \(fn)" t nil)
15909
15910 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15911
15912
15913 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15914
15915 ;;;***
15916 \f
15917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21607 56024 801559
15918 ;;;;;; 72000))
15919 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15920 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15921
15922 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15923 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15924 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15925 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15926 accessed via isearchb.
15927
15928 \(fn)" t nil)
15929
15930 ;;;***
15931 \f
15932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21607
15933 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
15934 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15935
15936 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15937 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15938 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15939 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15940 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15941
15942 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15943
15944 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15945 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15946 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15947 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15948 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15949
15950 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15951
15952 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15953 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15954 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15955 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15956 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15957
15958 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15959
15960 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15961 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15962 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15963 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15964 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15965
15966 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15967
15968 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15969 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15970 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15971 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15972 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15973
15974 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15975
15976 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15977 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15978 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15979 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15980 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15981
15982 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15983
15984 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15985 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15986 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15987 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15988 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15989
15990 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15991
15992 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15993 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15994 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15995 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15996
15997 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15998
15999 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16000 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16001 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16002 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16003
16004 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16005
16006 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16007 Warn that format is read-only.
16008
16009 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16010
16011 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16012 Warn that format is write-only.
16013
16014 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16015
16016 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16017 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16018
16019 \(fn)" t nil)
16020
16021 ;;;***
16022 \f
16023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16024 ;;;;;; (21607 56024 801559 72000))
16025 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16026 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16027 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16028
16029 ;;;***
16030 \f
16031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21607 56059
16032 ;;;;;; 804396 982000))
16033 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16034
16035 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16036
16037 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16038 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16039 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16040 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16041 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16042
16043 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16044
16045 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16046
16047 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16048 Key map for ispell menu.")
16049
16050 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16051 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16052 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16053 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16054
16055 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16056
16057 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16058
16059 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16060
16061 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16062
16063 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16064 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16065 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16066 Valid forms include:
16067 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16068 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16069 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16070 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16071
16072 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16073 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16074 First list is used raw.
16075 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16076
16077 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16078 for skipping in latex mode.")
16079
16080 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16081 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16082 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16083 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16084 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16085 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16086 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16087
16088 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16089 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16090 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16091 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16092
16093 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16094 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16095 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16096 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16097 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16098
16099 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16100 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16101
16102 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16103 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16104
16105 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16106 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16107
16108 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16109 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16110
16111 Return values:
16112 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16113 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16114 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16115 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16116 quit spell session exited.
16117
16118 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16119
16120 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16121 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16122 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16123
16124 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16125
16126 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16127 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16128
16129 Selections are:
16130
16131 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16132 SPC: Accept word this time.
16133 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16134 `a': Accept word for this session.
16135 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16136 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16137 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16138 `?': Show these commands.
16139 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16140 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16141 the aborted check to be completed later.
16142 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16143 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16144 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16145 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16146 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16147 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16148 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16149
16150 \(fn)" nil nil)
16151
16152 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16153 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16154 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16155 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16156
16157 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16158
16159 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16160 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16161 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16162 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16163
16164 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16165
16166 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16167
16168 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16169 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16170 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16171 amount for last line processed.
16172
16173 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16174
16175 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16176 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16177
16178 \(fn)" t nil)
16179
16180 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16181 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16182
16183 \(fn)" t nil)
16184
16185 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16186 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16187 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16188
16189 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16190
16191 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16192 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16193
16194 \(fn)" t nil)
16195
16196 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16197 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16198 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16199 sequence inside of a word.
16200
16201 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16202
16203 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16204
16205 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16206 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16207
16208 \(fn)" t nil)
16209
16210 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16211 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16212 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16213 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16214
16215 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16216 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16217 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16218 available on the net.
16219
16220 \(fn)" t nil)
16221
16222 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16223 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16224 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16225 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16226 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16227
16228 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16229 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16230 spelled.
16231
16232 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16233 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16234 SPC.
16235
16236 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16237 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16238
16239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16240
16241 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16242 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16243 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16244 Don't check included messages.
16245
16246 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16247 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16248 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16249
16250 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16251 in your init file:
16252 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16253 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16254 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16255 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16256
16257 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16258 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16259 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16260
16261 \(fn)" t nil)
16262
16263 ;;;***
16264 \f
16265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21607
16266 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
16267 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16268
16269 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16270
16271
16272 \(fn)" nil nil)
16273
16274 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16275 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16276 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16277 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16278 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16279 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16280 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16281 necessary to represent OBJ.
16282
16283 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16284
16285 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16286 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16287 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16288 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16289
16290 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16291
16292 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16293 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16294 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16295 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16296 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16297
16298 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16299
16300 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16301 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16302 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16303 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16304
16305 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16306
16307 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16308 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16309 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16310 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16311
16312 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16313
16314 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16315 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16316
16317 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16318
16319 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16320 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16321 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16322 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16323 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16324
16325 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16326
16327 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16328 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16329 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16330 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16331 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16332
16333 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16334
16335 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16336 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16337 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16338
16339 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16340
16341 ;;;***
16342 \f
16343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21607 56024 801559
16344 ;;;;;; 72000))
16345 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16346
16347 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16348 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16349 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16350 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16351
16352 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16353
16354
16355 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16356
16357 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16358 Uninstall jka-compr.
16359 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16360 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16361 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16362
16363 \(fn)" nil nil)
16364
16365 ;;;***
16366 \f
16367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21609 59210 634406
16368 ;;;;;; 998000))
16369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16370 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16371
16372 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16373 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16374
16375 \(fn)" t nil)
16376 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16377
16378 ;;;***
16379 \f
16380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
16381 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16382 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16383
16384 ;;;***
16385 \f
16386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21607 56024
16387 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
16388 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16389
16390 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16391 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16392 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16393 decimal key must be specified.")
16394
16395 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16396
16397 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16398 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16399 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16400 decimal key must be specified.")
16401
16402 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16403
16404 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16405 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16406 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16407 decimal key must be specified.")
16408
16409 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16410
16411 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16412 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16413 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16414 decimal key must be specified.")
16415
16416 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16417
16418 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16419 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16420 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16421 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16422 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16423 keys are bound.
16424
16425 Setup Binding
16426 -------------------------------------------------------------
16427 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16428 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16429 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16430 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16431 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16432 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16433 in the global and local keymaps.
16434
16435 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16436 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16437
16438 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16439
16440 ;;;***
16441 \f
16442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21607
16443 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16445
16446 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16447 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16448 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16449
16450 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16451 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16452 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16453 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16454 shorter.
16455
16456 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16457 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16458 the context of text formatting.
16459
16460 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16461
16462 ;;;***
16463 \f
16464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21607 56024 801559
16465 ;;;;;; 72000))
16466 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16467
16468 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16469 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16470 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16471 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16472 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16473 positions that contains the current selection.")
16474
16475 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16476 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16477 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16478 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16479 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16480 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16481 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16482
16483 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16484
16485 ;;;***
16486 \f
16487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
16488 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16489 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16490 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16491 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16492 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16493 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16494 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16495 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16496
16497 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16498 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16499 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16500
16501 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16502
16503 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16504 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16505 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16506 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16507 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16508
16509 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16510
16511 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16512 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16513 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16514
16515 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16516 defining the macro.
16517
16518 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16519 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16520 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16521
16522 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16523 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16524
16525 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16526
16527 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16528 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16529 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16530 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16531 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16532 under that name.
16533
16534 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16535 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16536 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16537
16538 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16539
16540 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16541 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16542 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16543 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16544
16545 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16546 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16547 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16548 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16549
16550 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16551 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16552
16553 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16554
16555 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16556 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16557 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16558
16559 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16560 macro.
16561
16562 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16563 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16564
16565 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16566 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16567 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16568
16569 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16570 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16571
16572 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16573
16574 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16575 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16576 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16577 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16578
16579 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16580
16581 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16582 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16583 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16584 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16585
16586 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16587 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16588
16589 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16590
16591 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16592 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16593 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16594
16595 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16596
16597 ;;;***
16598 \f
16599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21607
16600 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
16601 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16602
16603 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16604 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16605 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16606
16607 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16608
16609
16610 \(fn)" nil nil)
16611
16612 ;;;***
16613 \f
16614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21607 56059
16615 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
16616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16617
16618 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16619
16620 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16621 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16622
16623 \(fn)" t nil)
16624
16625 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16626 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16627 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16628 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16629
16630 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16631 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16632 none / 1 | yes | no
16633 2 | yes | yes
16634 3 | no | yes
16635 4 | no | no
16636
16637 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16638 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16639 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16640
16641 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16642
16643 ;;;***
16644 \f
16645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21607 56024
16646 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
16647 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16648
16649 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16650
16651
16652 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16653
16654 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16655 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16656 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16657 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16658 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16659 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16660
16661 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16662 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16663
16664 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16665
16666 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16667 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16668
16669 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16670
16671 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16672
16673
16674 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16675
16676 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16677
16678
16679 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16680
16681 ;;;***
16682 \f
16683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21607
16684 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
16685 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16686
16687 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16688 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16689 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16690 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16691
16692 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16693
16694 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16695 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16696 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16697
16698 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16699
16700 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16701 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16702 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16703
16704 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16705
16706 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16707 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16708 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16709 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16710
16711 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16712
16713 ;;;***
16714 \f
16715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16716 ;;;;;; (21607 56024 801559 72000))
16717 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16718
16719 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16720 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16721 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16722 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16723 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16724 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16725 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16726 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16727
16728 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16729 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16730
16731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16732 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16733
16734 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16735
16736 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16737 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16738 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16739 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16740 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16741 `latin1-display-setup'.
16742
16743 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16744
16745 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16746 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16747 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16748 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16749
16750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16751 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16752
16753 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16754
16755 ;;;***
16756 \f
16757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21607
16758 ;;;;;; 56025 301574 889000))
16759 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16760
16761 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16762 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16763
16764 \(fn)" t nil)
16765
16766 ;;;***
16767 \f
16768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21607 56025 301574 889000))
16769 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16770
16771 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16772 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16773 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16774 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16775 generations (this defaults to 1).
16776
16777 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16778
16779 ;;;***
16780 \f
16781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
16782 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16783 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16784
16785 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16786 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16787 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16788 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16789 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16790
16791 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16792
16793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16794
16795 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16796 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16797 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16798 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16799 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16800 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16801
16802 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16803
16804 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16805 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16806 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16807 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16808 ARG is omitted or nil.
16809
16810 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16811 `linum-on' would do it.
16812 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16813
16814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16815
16816 ;;;***
16817 \f
16818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21607 56024 801559
16819 ;;;;;; 72000))
16820 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16821
16822 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16823 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16824 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16825 is nil, raise an error.
16826
16827 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16828 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16829 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16830 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16831 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16832 defined by the library.
16833
16834 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16835 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16836 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16837 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16838 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16839 proceeds.
16840
16841 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16842 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16843 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16844 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16845
16846 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16847
16848 ;;;***
16849 \f
16850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
16851 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16852
16853 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16854 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16855 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16856
16857 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16858
16859 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16860 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16861 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16862 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16863
16864 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16865 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16866 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16867 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16868 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16869 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16870 the version.)
16871
16872 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16873 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16874
16875 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16876 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16877
16878 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16879 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16880
16881 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16882
16883 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16884 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16885 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16886 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16887 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16888 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16889 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16890 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16891 to constrain a big search.
16892
16893 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16894
16895 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16896 except that FILTER is not optional.
16897
16898 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16899
16900 ;;;***
16901 \f
16902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21607 56025 801549
16903 ;;;;;; 101000))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16905
16906 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16907 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16908 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16909 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16910 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16911 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16912 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16913 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16914 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16915 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16916
16917 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16918 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16919 associated values:
16920 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16921 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16922 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16923 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16924 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16925
16926 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16927 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16928 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16929
16930 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16931
16932 ;;;***
16933 \f
16934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21607 56025 801549
16935 ;;;;;; 101000))
16936 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16937
16938 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16939 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16940
16941 \(fn)" t nil)
16942
16943 ;;;***
16944 \f
16945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
16946 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16947
16948 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16949 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16950
16951 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16952 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16953
16954 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16955 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16956 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16957
16958 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16959 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16960
16961 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16962 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16963 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16964 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16965 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16966 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16967 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16968
16969 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16970
16971 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16972 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16973 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16974 switch on this list.
16975 See `lpr-command'.")
16976
16977 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16978
16979 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16980 Name of program for printing a file.
16981
16982 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16983 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16984 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16985 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16986 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16987 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16988 argument.")
16989
16990 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16991
16992 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16993 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16994 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16995 for customization of the printer command.
16996
16997 \(fn)" t nil)
16998
16999 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17000 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17001
17002 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17003 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17004 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17005 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17006
17007 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17008 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17009
17010 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17011 for further customization of the printer command.
17012
17013 \(fn)" t nil)
17014
17015 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17016 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17017 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17018 for customization of the printer command.
17019
17020 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17021
17022 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17023 Paginate and print the region contents.
17024
17025 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17026 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17027 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17028 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17029
17030 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17031 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17032
17033 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17034 for further customization of the printer command.
17035
17036 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17037
17038 ;;;***
17039 \f
17040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21607 56059 303525
17041 ;;;;;; 127000))
17042 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17043
17044 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17045 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17046 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17047
17048 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17049
17050 ;;;***
17051 \f
17052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21607 56058 801550
17053 ;;;;;; 360000))
17054 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17055
17056 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17057 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17058 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17059 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17060
17061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17062
17063 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17064
17065 ;;;***
17066 \f
17067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21607 56059
17068 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
17069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17070
17071 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17072 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17073
17074 \(fn)" t nil)
17075
17076 ;;;***
17077 \f
17078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
17079 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17080
17081 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17082 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17083 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17084 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17085 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17086
17087 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17088
17089 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17090 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17091 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17092 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17093 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17094
17095 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17096 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17097 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17098 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17099 bindings.
17100
17101 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17102 use this command, and then save the file.
17103
17104 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17105
17106 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17107 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17108 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17109 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17110 each time the macro executes.
17111 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17112 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17113 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17114 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17115 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17116 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17117 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17118
17119 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17120
17121 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17122 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17123 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17124 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17125
17126 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17127 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17128 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17129 execute.
17130
17131 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17132 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17133
17134 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17135 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17136 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17137 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17138 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17139
17140 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17141 looked like this:
17142
17143 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17144 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17145 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17146
17147 You could enter the names in this format:
17148
17149 foo
17150 bar
17151 baz
17152
17153 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17154
17155 \\C-x (
17156 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17157 \\C-x )
17158
17159 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17160 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17161
17162 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17163 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17164
17165 ;;;***
17166 \f
17167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21607 56024
17168 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
17169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17170
17171 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17172 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17173 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17174 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17175 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17176 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17177
17178 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17179 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17180 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17181 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17182 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17183
17184 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17185 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17186 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17187 consing a string.)
17188
17189 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17190
17191 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17192 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17193
17194 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17195
17196 ;;;***
17197 \f
17198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21607 56024
17199 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
17200 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17201
17202 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17203 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17204
17205 \(fn)" nil nil)
17206
17207 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17208
17209
17210 \(fn)" nil nil)
17211
17212 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17213 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17214
17215 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17216
17217 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17218 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17219 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17220 message.
17221
17222 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17223
17224 \(fn)" nil nil)
17225
17226 ;;;***
17227 \f
17228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21607 56024
17229 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
17230 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17231
17232 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17233 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17234 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17235 often correct parser.")
17236
17237 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17238
17239 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17240 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17241 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17242 a value which excludes your own email address.
17243
17244 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17245 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17246
17247 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17248
17249 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17250 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17251
17252 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17253
17254 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17255 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17256 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17257 we return it unconverted.
17258
17259 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17260 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17261
17262 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17263
17264 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17265 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17266 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17267 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17268
17269 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17270
17271 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17272 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17273 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17274 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17275
17276 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17277
17278 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17279 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17280 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17281 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17282 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17283 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17284 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17285 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17286 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17287 as Rmail does.
17288
17289 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17290
17291 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17292 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17293 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17294 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17295 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17296 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17297 matches may be returned from the message body.
17298
17299 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17300
17301 ;;;***
17302 \f
17303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21607 56024
17304 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
17305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17306
17307 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17308 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17309 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17310 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17311 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17312 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17313
17314 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17315
17316 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17317 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17318 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17319 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17320 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17321
17322 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17323 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17324 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17325 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17326
17327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17328
17329 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17330 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17331
17332 \(fn)" nil nil)
17333
17334 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17335 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17336 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17337
17338 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17339
17340 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17341 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17342 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17343
17344 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17345 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17346 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17347 double-quotes.
17348
17349 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17350
17351 ;;;***
17352 \f
17353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21607 56024
17354 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
17355 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17356
17357 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17358 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17359 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17360 king@grassland.com
17361 If `parens', they look like:
17362 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17363 If `angles', they look like:
17364 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17365
17366 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17367
17368 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17369 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17370 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17371 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17372 their `Resent-' variants.
17373
17374 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17375 removed from alias expansions.
17376
17377 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17378
17379 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17380 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17381 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17382
17383 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17384 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17385 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17386 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17387
17388 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17389
17390 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17391 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17392 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17393
17394 \(fn)" nil nil)
17395
17396 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17397 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17398 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17399 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17400
17401 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17402
17403 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17404
17405 ;;;***
17406 \f
17407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21607 56024
17408 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
17409 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17410
17411 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17412 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17413 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17414 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17415
17416 \(fn)" nil nil)
17417
17418 ;;;***
17419 \f
17420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21607
17421 ;;;;;; 56025 301574 889000))
17422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17423
17424 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17425 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17426
17427 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17428 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17429 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17430 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17431 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17432 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17433
17434 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17435 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17436 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17437 dependency, despite the colon.
17438
17439 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17440
17441 In the browser, use the following keys:
17442
17443 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17444
17445 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17446
17447 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17448 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17449
17450 `makefile-target-colon':
17451 The string that gets appended to all target names
17452 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17453 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17454
17455 `makefile-macro-assign':
17456 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17457 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17458 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17459 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17460 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17461 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17462
17463 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17464 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17465 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17466
17467 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17468 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17469
17470 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17471 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17472 up or down in the browser.
17473
17474 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17475 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17476
17477 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17478 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17479
17480 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17481 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17482 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17483 has been selected in the browser.
17484
17485 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17486 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17487 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17488 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17489 filenames are omitted.
17490
17491 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17492 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17493 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17494 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17495 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17496 the backslash itself intact.
17497 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17498 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17499
17500 `makefile-browser-hook':
17501 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17502 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17503
17504 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17505 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17506 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17507 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17508
17509 \(fn)" t nil)
17510
17511 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17512 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17513
17514 \(fn)" t nil)
17515
17516 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17517 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17518
17519 \(fn)" t nil)
17520
17521 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17522 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17523
17524 \(fn)" t nil)
17525
17526 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17527 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17528
17529 \(fn)" t nil)
17530
17531 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17532 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17533
17534 \(fn)" t nil)
17535
17536 ;;;***
17537 \f
17538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21607 56024 801559
17539 ;;;;;; 72000))
17540 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17541
17542 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17543 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17544 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17545
17546 \(fn)" t nil)
17547
17548 ;;;***
17549 \f
17550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
17551 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17552
17553 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17554
17555 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17556 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17557 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17558 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17559 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17560 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17561 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17562 page, it will display immediately.
17563
17564 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17565 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17566 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17567
17568 cat(1)
17569 1 cat
17570
17571 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17572 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17573 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17574 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17575
17576 -a chmod
17577
17578 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17579 otherwise look like a page name.
17580
17581 /my/file/name.1.gz
17582 -l somefile.1
17583
17584 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17585 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17586 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17587
17588 -k pattern
17589
17590 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17591
17592 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17593 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17594
17595 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17596
17597 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17598 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17599
17600 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17601
17602 ;;;***
17603 \f
17604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
17605 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17606 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17607
17608 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17609 Toggle Master mode.
17610 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17611 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17612 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17613
17614 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17615 using the following commands:
17616
17617 \\{master-mode-map}
17618
17619 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17620 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17621 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17622
17623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17624
17625 ;;;***
17626 \f
17627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21607 56024 801559
17628 ;;;;;; 72000))
17629 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17630
17631 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17632 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17633 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17634 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17635 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17636 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17637
17638 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17639
17640 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17641 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17642 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17643 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17644 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17645
17646 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17647 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17648 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17649 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17650
17651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17652
17653 ;;;***
17654 \f
17655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
17656 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17657 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17658
17659 ;;;***
17660 \f
17661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21607 56059 303525
17662 ;;;;;; 127000))
17663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17664
17665 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17666
17667 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17668 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17669 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17670 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17671 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17672 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17673 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17674 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17675 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17676 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17677 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17678 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17679 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17680 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17681 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17682 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17683 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17684 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17685 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17686 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17687 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17688 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17689 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17690 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17691 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17692 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17693 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17694 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17695 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17696 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17697 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17698 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17699 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17700 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17701 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17702 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17703 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17704 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17705
17706 \(fn)" t nil)
17707
17708 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17709 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17710 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17711 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17712 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17713
17714 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17715
17716 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17717 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17718
17719 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17720
17721 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17722 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17723
17724 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17725
17726 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17727 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17728
17729 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17730
17731 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17732 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17733 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17734
17735 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17736
17737 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17738 Cancel an article you posted.
17739 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17740
17741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17742
17743 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17744 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17745 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17746 header line with the old Message-ID.
17747
17748 \(fn)" t nil)
17749
17750 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17751 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17752
17753 \(fn)" t nil)
17754
17755 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17756 Forward the current message via mail.
17757 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17758 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17759
17760 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17761
17762 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17763
17764
17765 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17766
17767 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17768
17769
17770 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17771
17772 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17773 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17774
17775 \(fn)" t nil)
17776
17777 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17778 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17779
17780 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17781
17782 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17783 Re-mail the current message.
17784 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17785 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17786 you.
17787
17788 \(fn)" t nil)
17789
17790 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17791 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17792
17793 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17794
17795 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17796 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17797
17798 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17799
17800 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17801 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17802
17803 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17804
17805 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17806 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17807
17808 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17809
17810 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17811 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17812 Works by overstriking characters.
17813 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17814 which specify the range to operate on.
17815
17816 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17817
17818 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17819 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17820 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17821 which specify the range to operate on.
17822
17823 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17824
17825 ;;;***
17826 \f
17827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21607
17828 ;;;;;; 56025 301574 889000))
17829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17830 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17831
17832 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17833 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17834
17835 \(fn)" t nil)
17836
17837 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17838 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17839
17840 \(fn)" t nil)
17841
17842 ;;;***
17843 \f
17844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21607 56024
17845 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
17846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17847
17848 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17849 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17850 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17851
17852 \(fn)" t nil)
17853
17854 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17855 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17856 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17857 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17858 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17859 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17860 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17861
17862 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17863
17864 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17865 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17866 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17867 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17868 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17869 means current).
17870 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17871 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17872
17873 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17874
17875 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17876 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17877 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17878 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17879 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17880 means current).
17881 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17882 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17883
17884 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17885
17886 ;;;***
17887 \f
17888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21607 56024 801559
17889 ;;;;;; 72000))
17890 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17891
17892 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17893 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17894 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17895
17896 \(fn)" t nil)
17897
17898 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17899 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17900 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17901
17902 \(fn)" t nil)
17903
17904 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17905 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17906
17907 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17908 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17909 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17910
17911 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17912 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17913
17914 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17915 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17916
17917 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17918
17919 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17920
17921 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17922 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17923 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17924 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17925 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17926 as `compose-mail'.
17927
17928 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17929 initial Subject field, respectively.
17930
17931 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17932 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17933 are strings.
17934
17935 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17936 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17937
17938 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17939
17940 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17941 Save draft and send message.
17942
17943 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17944 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17945 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17946 Mail Delivery*\".
17947
17948 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17949 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17950 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17951
17952 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17953 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17954 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17955 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17956 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17957 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17958
17959 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17960 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17961
17962 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17963 message and scan line.
17964
17965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17966
17967 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17968 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17969
17970 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17971 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17972 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17973 delete the draft message.
17974
17975 \(fn)" t nil)
17976
17977 ;;;***
17978 \f
17979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
17980 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17981 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
17982
17983 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17984
17985 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17986
17987 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17988
17989 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17990 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17991
17992 \(fn)" t nil)
17993
17994 ;;;***
17995 \f
17996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21607 56024
17997 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
17998 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17999
18000 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18001 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18002 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18003
18004 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18005 the MH mail system.
18006
18007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18008
18009 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18010 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18011 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18012
18013 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18014 the MH mail system.
18015
18016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18017
18018 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18019 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18020
18021 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18022 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18023 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18024 separate command.
18025
18026 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18027 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18028 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18029 format.
18030
18031 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18032
18033 Ranges
18034 ======
18035 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18036 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18037 can be used in several ways.
18038
18039 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18040 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18041 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18042 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18043 page):
18044
18045 <num1>-<num2>
18046 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18047 The range must be nonempty.
18048
18049 <num>:N
18050 <num>:+N
18051 <num>:-N
18052 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18053 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18054 last.
18055
18056 first:N
18057 prev:N
18058 next:N
18059 last:N
18060 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18061
18062 all
18063 All of the messages.
18064
18065 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18066 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18067
18068 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18069 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18070 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18071
18072 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18073
18074 \(fn)" t nil)
18075
18076 ;;;***
18077 \f
18078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21607 56024 801559
18079 ;;;;;; 72000))
18080 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18081
18082 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18083 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18084 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18085 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18086 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18087 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18088 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18089 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18090 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18091 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18092 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18093
18094 \(fn)" t nil)
18095
18096 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18097 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18098 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18099 to its second argument TM.
18100
18101 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18102
18103 ;;;***
18104 \f
18105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21607 56024
18106 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
18107 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18108
18109 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18110 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18111 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18112 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18113 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18114 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18115
18116 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18117
18118 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18119 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18120 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18121 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18122 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18123
18124 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18125 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18126 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18127 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18128 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18129 is modified to remove the default indication.
18130
18131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18132
18133 ;;;***
18134 \f
18135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
18136 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18137
18138 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18139 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18140 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18141 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18142 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18143 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18144 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18145 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18146 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18147
18148 \(fn)" t nil)
18149
18150 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18151 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18152 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18153 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18154 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18155 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18156 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18157 The return value is always nil.
18158
18159 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18160
18161 ;;;***
18162 \f
18163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21607 56059 303525
18164 ;;;;;; 127000))
18165 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18166 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18167
18168 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18169 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18170
18171 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18172 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18173 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18174 next occurrence.
18175
18176 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18177 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18178 end of the search space).
18179
18180 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18181 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18182 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18183 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18184 should return the previous buffer to search.
18185
18186 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18187 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18188 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18189
18190 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18191 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18192 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18193 Isearch starts.")
18194
18195 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18196 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18197 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18198
18199 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18200 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18201 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18202
18203 \(fn)" nil nil)
18204
18205 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18206 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18207 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18208 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18209 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18210 whose names match the specified regexp.
18211
18212 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18213
18214 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18215 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18216 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18217 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18218 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18219 whose names match the specified regexp.
18220
18221 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18222
18223 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18224 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18225 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18226 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18227 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18228 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18229 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18230
18231 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18232
18233 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18234 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18235 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18236 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18237 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18238 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18239 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18240
18241 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18242
18243 ;;;***
18244 \f
18245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21607
18246 ;;;;;; 56025 301574 889000))
18247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18248 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18249
18250 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18251 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18252
18253 \(fn)" t nil)
18254
18255 ;;;***
18256 \f
18257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21607 56024
18258 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
18259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18260
18261 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18262 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18263
18264 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18265
18266 ;;;***
18267 \f
18268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21607 56059
18269 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
18270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18271
18272 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18273 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18274
18275 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18276
18277 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18278 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18279 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18280 the entire message.
18281 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18282
18283 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18284
18285 ;;;***
18286 \f
18287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21607 56024
18288 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
18289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18290
18291 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18292 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18293 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18294 the entire message.
18295 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18296
18297 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18298
18299 ;;;***
18300 \f
18301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21607 56059 303525
18302 ;;;;;; 127000))
18303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18304
18305 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18306 Insert file contents of URL.
18307 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18308
18309 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18310
18311 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18312 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18313
18314 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18315
18316 ;;;***
18317 \f
18318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21607 56059 303525
18319 ;;;;;; 127000))
18320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18321
18322 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18323 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18324 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18325 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18326 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18327
18328 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18329
18330 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18331 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18332 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18333
18334 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18335
18336 ;;;***
18337 \f
18338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
18339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18340
18341 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18342 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18343
18344 \(fn)" nil nil)
18345
18346 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18347 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18348 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18349 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18350 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18351
18352 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18353 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18354 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18355 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18356 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18357 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18358
18359 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18360
18361 ;;;***
18362 \f
18363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21607 56059 303525
18364 ;;;;;; 127000))
18365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18366
18367 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18368
18369
18370 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18371
18372 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18373
18374
18375 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18376
18377 ;;;***
18378 \f
18379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21607 56059 303525
18380 ;;;;;; 127000))
18381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18382
18383 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18384
18385
18386 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18387
18388 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18389
18390
18391 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18392
18393 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18394
18395
18396 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18397
18398 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18399
18400
18401 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18402
18403 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18404
18405
18406 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18407
18408 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18409
18410
18411 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18412
18413 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18414
18415
18416 \(fn)" nil nil)
18417
18418 ;;;***
18419 \f
18420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21607 56023
18421 ;;;;;; 800854 237000))
18422 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18423
18424 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18425
18426 ;;;***
18427 \f
18428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 56025
18429 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
18430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18431
18432 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18433
18434 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18435 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18436 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18437 followed by the first character of the construct.
18438 \\<m2-mode-map>
18439 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18440 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18441 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18442 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18443 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18444 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18445 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18446 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18447 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18448 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18449 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18450 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18451 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18452 \\[m2-link] link
18453
18454 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18455 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18456 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18457
18458 \(fn)" t nil)
18459
18460 ;;;***
18461 \f
18462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21607 56025 301574
18463 ;;;;;; 889000))
18464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18465
18466 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18467 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18468
18469 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18470
18471 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18472 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18473
18474 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18475
18476 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18477 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18478
18479 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18480
18481 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18482 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18483
18484 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18485
18486 ;;;***
18487 \f
18488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21607 56024 801559
18489 ;;;;;; 72000))
18490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18491
18492 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18493 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18494
18495 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18496 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18497 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18498
18499 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18500 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18501 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18502
18503 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18504 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18505
18506 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18507 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18508 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18509 hemisphere you're in.)
18510
18511 To test this function, evaluate:
18512 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18513
18514 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18515
18516 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18517 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18518
18519 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18520 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18521
18522 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18523 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18524 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18525
18526 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18527 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18528
18529 To test this function, evaluate:
18530 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18531
18532 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18533
18534 ;;;***
18535 \f
18536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
18537 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18538
18539 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18540 Main entry point for MPC.
18541
18542 \(fn)" t nil)
18543
18544 ;;;***
18545 \f
18546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21607 56025 301574 889000))
18547 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18548
18549 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18550 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18551
18552 \(fn)" t nil)
18553
18554 ;;;***
18555 \f
18556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
18557 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18558
18559 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18560 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18561 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18563 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18564 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18565
18566 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18567
18568 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18569 Toggle Msb mode.
18570 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18571 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18572 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18573
18574 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18575 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18576
18577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18578
18579 ;;;***
18580 \f
18581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21607
18582 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
18583 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18584
18585 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18586 Display a list of all character sets.
18587
18588 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18589 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18590 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18591 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18592 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18593
18594 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18595 but still shows the full information.
18596
18597 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18598
18599 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18600 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18601 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18602
18603 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18604 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18605 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18606 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18607 meanings of these arguments.
18608
18609 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18610
18611 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18612 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18613
18614 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18615
18616 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18617 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18618
18619 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18620
18621 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18622 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18623
18624 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18625
18626 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18627 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18628
18629 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18630 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18631 in place of `..':
18632 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18633 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18634 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18635 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18636 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18637 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18638 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18639 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18640 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18641 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18642 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18643 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18644 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18645 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18646 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18647 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18648
18649 \(fn)" t nil)
18650
18651 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18652 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18653
18654 \(fn)" t nil)
18655
18656 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18657 Display a list of all coding systems.
18658 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18659
18660 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18661 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18662
18663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18664
18665 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18666 Display a list of all coding categories.
18667
18668 \(fn)" nil nil)
18669
18670 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18671 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18672 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18673
18674 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18675
18676 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18677 Display information about FONTSET.
18678 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18679
18680 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18681
18682 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18683 Display a list of all fontsets.
18684 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18685 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18686 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18687
18688 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18689
18690 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18691 Display information about all input methods.
18692
18693 \(fn)" t nil)
18694
18695 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18696 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18697
18698 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18699 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18700 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18701 system which uses fontsets).
18702
18703 \(fn)" t nil)
18704
18705 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18706 Show log of font listing and opening.
18707 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18708 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18709
18710 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18711
18712 ;;;***
18713 \f
18714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21607
18715 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
18716 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18717
18718 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18719 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18720
18721 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18722 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18723
18724 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18725 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18726
18727 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18728
18729 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18730 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18731 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18732 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18733 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18734 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18735 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18736
18737 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18738 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18739 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18740 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18741 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18742 middle of a character in STR.
18743
18744 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18745 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18746
18747 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18748 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18749 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18750 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18751 defaults to \"...\".
18752
18753 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18754
18755 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18756 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18757
18758 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18759 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18760 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18761
18762 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18763 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18764 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18765
18766 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18767 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18768 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18769 are considered.
18770 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18771 longer than KEYSEQ.
18772 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18773
18774 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18775
18776 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18777 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18778 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18779 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18780 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18781 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18782 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18783 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18784 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18785 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18786 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18787
18788 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18789
18790 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18791 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18792
18793 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18794
18795 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18796 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18797
18798 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18799
18800 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18801 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18802
18803 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18804
18805 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18806 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18807
18808 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18809
18810 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18811 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18812 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18813 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18814 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18815
18816 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18817 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18818
18819 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18820 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18821 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18822 coding systems ordered by priority.
18823
18824 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18825
18826 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18827
18828 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18829 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18830 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18831 language environment LANG-ENV.
18832
18833 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18834
18835 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18836 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18837 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18838 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18839 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18840 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18841
18842 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18843
18844 ;;;***
18845 \f
18846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21607 56025
18847 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
18848 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18849
18850 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18851 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18852
18853 \(fn)" t nil)
18854
18855 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18856 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18857
18858 \(fn)" t nil)
18859
18860 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18861 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18862
18863 \(fn)" t nil)
18864
18865 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18866 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18867
18868 \(fn)" t nil)
18869
18870 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18871 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18872
18873 \(fn)" t nil)
18874
18875 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18876 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18877
18878 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18879
18880 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18881 Ping HOST.
18882 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18883 `ping-program-options'.
18884
18885 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18886
18887 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18888 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18889
18890 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18891
18892 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18893 Run nslookup program.
18894
18895 \(fn)" t nil)
18896
18897 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18898 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18899
18900 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18901
18902 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18903 Run dig program.
18904
18905 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18906
18907 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18908 Run ftp program.
18909
18910 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18911
18912 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18913 Finger USER on HOST.
18914
18915 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18916
18917 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18918 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18919 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18920 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18921
18922 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18923
18924 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18925
18926
18927 \(fn)" t nil)
18928
18929 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18930 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18931
18932 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18933
18934 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18935 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18936
18937 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18938
18939 ;;;***
18940 \f
18941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21607 56025 301574
18942 ;;;;;; 889000))
18943 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18944
18945 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18946 Return a user name/password pair.
18947 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18948 listed in the PORTS list.
18949
18950 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18951
18952 ;;;***
18953 \f
18954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21607
18955 ;;;;;; 56025 301574 889000))
18956 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18957
18958 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18959 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18960 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18961 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18962 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18963 closes it.
18964
18965 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18966 make it unique.
18967 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18968 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18969 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18970 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18971 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18972 a port number to connect to.
18973
18974 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18975 values:
18976
18977 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18978 nil or `network'
18979 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18980 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18981 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18982 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18983 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18984 an unencrypted connection.
18985 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18986 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18987 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18988 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18989 returned object is a killed process.
18990 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18991 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18992 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18993
18994 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18995 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18996 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18997 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18998 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18999 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19000 or nil if none could be found.
19001 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19002 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19003
19004 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19005
19006 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19007 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19008 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19009
19010 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19011 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19012 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19013
19014 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19015 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19016 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19017
19018 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19019 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19020 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19021 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19022
19023 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19024 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19025
19026 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19027 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19028 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19029 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19030 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19031 or STARTTLS connections.
19032
19033 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19034 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19035
19036 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19037 a greeting from the server.
19038
19039 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19040 asynchronously, if possible.
19041
19042 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19043
19044 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19045
19046 ;;;***
19047 \f
19048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21607
19049 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
19050 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19051
19052 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19053 Check whether newsticker is running.
19054 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19055 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19056
19057 \(fn)" nil nil)
19058
19059 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19060 Start the newsticker.
19061 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19062 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19063 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19064 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19065
19066 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19067
19068 ;;;***
19069 \f
19070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19071 ;;;;;; (21607 56059 303525 127000))
19072 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19073
19074 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19075 Start newsticker plainview.
19076
19077 \(fn)" t nil)
19078
19079 ;;;***
19080 \f
19081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21607
19082 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
19083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19084
19085 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19086 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19087
19088 \(fn)" t nil)
19089
19090 ;;;***
19091 \f
19092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21607
19093 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
19094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19095
19096 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19097 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19098 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19099 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19100 empty.
19101
19102 \(fn)" nil nil)
19103
19104 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19105 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19106 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19107 running already.
19108
19109 \(fn)" t nil)
19110
19111 ;;;***
19112 \f
19113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21607
19114 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
19115 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19116
19117 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19118 Start newsticker treeview.
19119
19120 \(fn)" t nil)
19121
19122 ;;;***
19123 \f
19124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21607 56059
19125 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
19126 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19127 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19128
19129 ;;;***
19130 \f
19131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21607 56024 801559
19132 ;;;;;; 72000))
19133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19134
19135 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19136 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19137
19138 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19139
19140 ;;;***
19141 \f
19142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21607 56024 801559
19143 ;;;;;; 72000))
19144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19145
19146 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19147 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19148 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19149 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19150 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19151 symbol in the alist.
19152
19153 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19154
19155 ;;;***
19156 \f
19157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21607 56059
19158 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
19159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19160
19161 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19162 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19163 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19164
19165 \(fn)" t nil)
19166
19167 ;;;***
19168 \f
19169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
19170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19171
19172 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19173 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19174
19175 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19176
19177 ;;;***
19178 \f
19179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21607 56025 301574 889000))
19180 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19181
19182 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19183
19184 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19185 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19186 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19187
19188 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19189
19190
19191 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19192
19193 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19194 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19195 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19196 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19197 to future sessions.
19198
19199 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19200
19201 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19202 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19203 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19204 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19205 future sessions.
19206
19207 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19208
19209 ;;;***
19210 \f
19211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21607
19212 ;;;;;; 56025 801549 101000))
19213 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19214
19215 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19216 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19217 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19218 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19219 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19220 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19221
19222 \(fn)" t nil)
19223
19224 ;;;***
19225 \f
19226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
19227 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19228 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19229
19230 ;;;***
19231 \f
19232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21607 56025
19233 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
19234 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19235
19236 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19237 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19238 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19239 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19240
19241 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19242
19243 ;;;***
19244 \f
19245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21607 56059
19246 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
19247 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19248
19249 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19250 Major mode for editing XML.
19251
19252 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19253 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19254 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19255 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19256 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19257 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19258 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19259
19260 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19261
19262 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19263 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19264
19265 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19266 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19267 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19268 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19269 instead of C-c.
19270
19271 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19272 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19273 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19274 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19275 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19276 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19277
19278 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19279 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19280 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19281
19282 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19283 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19284 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19285
19286 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19287 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19288 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19289 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19290 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19291 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19292 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19293 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19294 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19295
19296 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19297
19298 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19299 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19300
19301 \(fn)" t nil)
19302 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19303
19304 ;;;***
19305 \f
19306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21607 56025
19307 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
19308 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19309
19310 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19311 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19312 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19313 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19314
19315 \(fn)" t nil)
19316
19317 ;;;***
19318 \f
19319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21607 56025
19320 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
19321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19322
19323 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19324 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19325
19326 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19327 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19328 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19329 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19330
19331 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19332
19333 Key bindings:
19334 \\{octave-mode-map}
19335
19336 \(fn)" t nil)
19337
19338 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19339 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19340 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19341
19342 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19343
19344 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19345 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19346
19347 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19348 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19349 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19350
19351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19352
19353 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19354
19355 ;;;***
19356 \f
19357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21607 56059
19358 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
19359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19360
19361 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19362
19363 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19364 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19365 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19366 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19367 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19368
19369 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19370
19371 Customization:
19372
19373 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19374 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19375 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19376 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19377 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19378 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19379 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19380 Directories to search when finding external units.
19381 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19382 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19383
19384 Coloring:
19385
19386 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19387 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19388
19389 \(fn)" t nil)
19390
19391 ;;;***
19392 \f
19393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
19394 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19395
19396 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19397 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19398
19399 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19400
19401 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19402 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19403 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19404 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19405 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19406 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19407
19408 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19409
19410 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19411 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19412 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19413 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19414 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19415
19416 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19417
19418 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19419 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19420
19421 \(fn)" nil nil)
19422
19423 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19424 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19425
19426 \(fn)" nil nil)
19427
19428 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19429 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19430 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19431
19432 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19433 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19434 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19435 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19436 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19437 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19438 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19439 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19440 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19441 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19442
19443 The following commands are available:
19444
19445 \\{org-mode-map}
19446
19447 \(fn)" t nil)
19448
19449 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19450 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19451
19452 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19453 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19454 in special contexts.
19455
19456 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19457 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19458 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19459 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19460 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19461 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19462 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19463 properties in the buffer.
19464 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19465 including any drawers.
19466
19467 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19468
19469 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19470 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19471 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19472 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19473 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19474 and zoom in further.
19475 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19476 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19477
19478 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19479 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19480 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19481 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19482 times right after creating a new headline.
19483
19484 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19485 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19486 is negative, go up that many levels.
19487
19488 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19489 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19490 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19491
19492 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19493 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19494 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19495 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19496
19497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19498
19499 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19500 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19501 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19502 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19503
19504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19505 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19506
19507 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19508 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19509 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19510 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19511 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19512 defined by Org-mode).
19513
19514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19515
19516 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19517 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19518
19519 \(fn)" nil nil)
19520
19521 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19522 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19523
19524 \(fn)" nil nil)
19525
19526 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19527 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19528 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19529 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19530 call CMD.
19531
19532 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19533
19534 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19535 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19536 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19537 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19538
19539 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19540 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19541 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19542
19543 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19544 part of Org's core.
19545
19546 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19547 active region.
19548
19549 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19550
19551 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19552 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19553 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19554
19555 \(fn)" t nil)
19556
19557 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19558 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19559 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19560 Org-mode syntax.
19561
19562 \(fn)" t nil)
19563
19564 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19565 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19566
19567 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19568
19569 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19570 Switch between Org buffers.
19571 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19572 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19573
19574 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19575 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19576
19577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19578
19579 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19580
19581 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19582
19583 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19584 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19585 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19586 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19587
19588 \(fn)" t nil)
19589
19590 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19591 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19592
19593 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19594
19595 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19596 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19597 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19598
19599 \(fn)" t nil)
19600
19601 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19602 Reload all org lisp files.
19603 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19604
19605 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19606
19607 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19608 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19609
19610 \(fn)" t nil)
19611
19612 ;;;***
19613 \f
19614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21607 56025
19615 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
19616 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19617
19618 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19619 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19620
19621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19622
19623 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19624 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19625 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19626 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19627
19628 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19629 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19630 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19631 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19632 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19633 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19634 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19635 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19636 e Export views to associated files.
19637 s Search entries for keywords.
19638 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19639 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19640 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19641 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19642 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19643 > Remove a previous restriction.
19644 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19645 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19646 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19647
19648 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19649 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19650 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19651
19652 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19653 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19654 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19655 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19656 \(if active).
19657
19658 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19659
19660 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19661 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19662 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19663 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19664 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19665 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19666 before running the agenda command.
19667
19668 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19669
19670 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19671 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19672 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19673 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19674 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19675 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19676 before running the agenda command.
19677
19678 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19679 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19680
19681 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19682
19683 category The category of the item
19684 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19685 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19686 todo selected in TODO match
19687 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19688 diary imported from diary
19689 deadline a deadline on given date
19690 scheduled scheduled on given date
19691 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19692 closed entry was closed on given date
19693 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19694 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19695 block entry has date block including g. date
19696 todo The todo keyword, if any
19697 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19698 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19699 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19700 extra Sting with extra planning info
19701 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19702 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19703 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19704
19705 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19706
19707 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19708 Store agenda views.
19709
19710 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19711
19712 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19713 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19714
19715 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19716
19717 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19718 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19719 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19720 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19721
19722 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19723 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19724 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19725
19726 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19727 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19728
19729 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19730 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19731
19732 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19733
19734 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19735 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19736
19737 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19738 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19739 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19740 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19741 EDIT-AT.
19742
19743 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19744 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19745 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19746 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19747 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19748 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19749
19750 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19751 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19752 including newlines.
19753
19754 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19755 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19756 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19757 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19758 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19759 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19760 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19761
19762 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19763 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19764 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19765 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19766
19767 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19768 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19769 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19770 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19771 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19772 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19773 Boolean search must match as full words.
19774
19775 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19776 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19777
19778 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19779
19780 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19781 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19782 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19783 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19784 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19785 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19786
19787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19788
19789 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19790 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19791 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19792
19793 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19794
19795 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19796 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19797 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19798 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19799 `org-stuck-projects'.
19800
19801 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19802
19803 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19804 Return diary information from org files.
19805 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19806 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19807 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19808 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19809 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19810
19811 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19812
19813 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19814
19815 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19816 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19817
19818 &%%(org-diary)
19819
19820 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19821 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19822 So the example above may also be written as
19823
19824 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19825
19826 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19827 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19828 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19829
19830 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19831
19832 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19833 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19834
19835 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19836
19837 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19838 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19839 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19840 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19841 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19842
19843 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19844
19845 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19846 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19847 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19848
19849 \(fn)" t nil)
19850
19851 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19852 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19853 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19854 appointments.
19855
19856 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19857 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19858
19859 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19860 for filtering entries out.
19861
19862 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19863 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19864 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19865
19866 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19867 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19868
19869 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19870 (category \"Work\"))
19871
19872 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19873 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19874
19875 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19876 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19877 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19878 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19879 details and examples.
19880
19881 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19882 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19883
19884 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19885
19886 ;;;***
19887 \f
19888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21607 56025
19889 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
19890 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19891
19892 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19893 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19894
19895 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19896
19897 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19898 Capture something.
19899 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19900 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19901 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19902 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19903 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19904 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19905
19906 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19907 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19908 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19909 stored.
19910
19911 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19912
19913 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19914 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19915 will be bypassed.
19916
19917 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19918 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19919 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19920 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19921
19922 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19923
19924 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19925 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19926
19927 \(fn)" t nil)
19928
19929 ;;;***
19930 \f
19931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21607 56025
19932 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
19933 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19934
19935 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19936 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19937
19938 \(fn)" t nil)
19939
19940 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19941
19942
19943 \(fn)" nil nil)
19944
19945 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19946 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19947 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19948
19949 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19950
19951 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19952 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19953
19954 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19955
19956 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19957 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19958
19959 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19960
19961 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19962 Write the column view table.
19963 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19964
19965 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19966 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19967 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19968 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19969 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19970 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19971 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19972 using `org-id-find'.
19973 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19974 a hline before each level <= that number.
19975 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19976 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19977 :skip-empty-rows
19978 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19979 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19980
19981 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19982
19983 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19984 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19985
19986 \(fn)" t nil)
19987
19988 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19989 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19990
19991 \(fn)" t nil)
19992
19993 ;;;***
19994 \f
19995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21607 56059
19996 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
19997 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19998
19999 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20000 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20001
20002 \(fn)" nil t)
20003
20004 ;;;***
20005 \f
20006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21607 56025 301574
20007 ;;;;;; 889000))
20008 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20009
20010 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20011 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20012
20013 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20014
20015 ;;;***
20016 \f
20017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 56025
20018 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
20019 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20020
20021 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20022 The release version of org-mode.
20023 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20024
20025 \(fn)" nil nil)
20026
20027 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20028 The Git version of org-mode.
20029 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20030
20031 \(fn)" nil nil)
20032
20033 ;;;***
20034 \f
20035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21623 5708 80843 798000))
20036 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20037 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20038 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20039
20040 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20041 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20042 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20043 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20044
20045 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20046 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20047 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20048 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20049
20050 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20051 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20052 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20053 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20054 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20055 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20056
20057 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20058 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20059 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20060
20061 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20062 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20063 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20064 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20065 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20066 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20067 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20068 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20069 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20070 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20071 The subheadings remain visible.
20072 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20073
20074 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20075 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20076 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20077
20078 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20079 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20080
20081 \(fn)" t nil)
20082
20083 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20084 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20085 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20086 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20087 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20088
20089 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20090
20091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20092 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20093
20094 ;;;***
20095 \f
20096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21607 56058
20097 ;;;;;; 801550 360000))
20098 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20099 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20100
20101 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20102 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20103 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20104 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20105 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20106
20107 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20108 activate the package system at any time.")
20109
20110 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20111
20112 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20113 Install the package PKG.
20114 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20115 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20116
20117 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20118
20119 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20120 Install a package from the current buffer.
20121 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20122 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20123 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20124
20125 \(fn)" t nil)
20126
20127 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20128 Install a package from a file.
20129 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20130
20131 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20132
20133 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20134 Import keys from FILE.
20135
20136 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20137
20138 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20139 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20140 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20141 makes them available for download.
20142
20143 \(fn)" t nil)
20144
20145 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20146 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20147 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20148 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20149
20150 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20151
20152 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20153 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20154
20155 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20156
20157 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20158 Display a list of packages.
20159 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20160 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20161 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20162
20163 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20164
20165 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20166
20167 ;;;***
20168 \f
20169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
20170 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20171
20172 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20173 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20174 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20175 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20176 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20177 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20178
20179 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20180
20181 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20182 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20183 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20184 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20185 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20186
20187 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20188 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20189 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20190
20191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20192
20193 ;;;***
20194 \f
20195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21607
20196 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
20197 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20198 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20199
20200 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20201 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20202 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20203 unknown are returned as nil.
20204
20205 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20206
20207 ;;;***
20208 \f
20209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21607 56025
20210 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20212
20213 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20214 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20215 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20216
20217 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20218 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20219
20220 Other useful functions are:
20221
20222 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20223 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20224 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20225 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20226 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20227 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20228 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20229 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20230 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20231
20232 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20233
20234 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20235 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20236 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20237 Indentation for case statements.
20238 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20239 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20240 mark after an end.
20241 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20242 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20243 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20244 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20245 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20246 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20247 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20248 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20249 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20250 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20251
20252 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20253 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20254
20255 \(fn)" t nil)
20256
20257 ;;;***
20258 \f
20259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21607
20260 ;;;;;; 56025 301574 889000))
20261 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20262
20263 (defvar password-cache t "\
20264 Whether to cache passwords.")
20265
20266 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20267
20268 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20269 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20270 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20271
20272 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20273
20274 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20275 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20276
20277 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20278
20279 ;;;***
20280 \f
20281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21607 56058
20282 ;;;;;; 801550 360000))
20283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20284
20285 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20286 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20287 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20288
20289 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20290 _ matches anything.
20291 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20292 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20293 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20294 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20295 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20296 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20297 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20298 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20299 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20300 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20301
20302 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20303 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20304 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20305 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20306 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20307 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20308
20309 PRED can take the form
20310 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20311 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20312 which is the value being matched.
20313 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20314 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20315 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20316 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20317 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20318
20319 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20320
20321 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20322
20323 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20324 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20325 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20326 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20327
20328 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20329
20330 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20331
20332 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20333 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20334 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20335 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20336
20337 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20338
20339 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20340
20341 ;;;***
20342 \f
20343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21607 56025 301574
20344 ;;;;;; 889000))
20345 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20346
20347 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20348 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20349
20350 \(fn)" nil nil)
20351
20352 ;;;***
20353 \f
20354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21607 56025 301574
20355 ;;;;;; 889000))
20356 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20357
20358 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20359 Completion for `gzip'.
20360
20361 \(fn)" nil nil)
20362
20363 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20364 Completion for `bzip2'.
20365
20366 \(fn)" nil nil)
20367
20368 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20369 Completion for GNU `make'.
20370
20371 \(fn)" nil nil)
20372
20373 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20374 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20375
20376 \(fn)" nil nil)
20377
20378 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20379
20380 ;;;***
20381 \f
20382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21607 56025
20383 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
20384 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20385
20386 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20387 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20388
20389 \(fn)" nil nil)
20390
20391 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20392 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20393
20394 \(fn)" nil nil)
20395
20396 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20397 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20398
20399 \(fn)" nil nil)
20400
20401 ;;;***
20402 \f
20403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21607 56025 301574
20404 ;;;;;; 889000))
20405 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20406
20407 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20408 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20409
20410 \(fn)" nil nil)
20411
20412 ;;;***
20413 \f
20414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21607 56025 301574
20415 ;;;;;; 889000))
20416 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20417
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20419 Completion for `cd'.
20420
20421 \(fn)" nil nil)
20422
20423 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20424
20425 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20426 Completion for `rmdir'.
20427
20428 \(fn)" nil nil)
20429
20430 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20431 Completion for `rm'.
20432
20433 \(fn)" nil nil)
20434
20435 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20436 Completion for `xargs'.
20437
20438 \(fn)" nil nil)
20439
20440 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20441
20442 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20443 Completion for `which'.
20444
20445 \(fn)" nil nil)
20446
20447 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20448 Completion for the `chown' command.
20449
20450 \(fn)" nil nil)
20451
20452 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20453 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20454
20455 \(fn)" nil nil)
20456
20457 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20458 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20459
20460 \(fn)" nil nil)
20461
20462 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20463 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20464 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20465
20466 \(fn)" nil nil)
20467
20468 ;;;***
20469 \f
20470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21607 56025 301574
20471 ;;;;;; 889000))
20472 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20473
20474 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20475 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20476
20477 \(fn)" nil nil)
20478
20479 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20480 Completion for the `ack' command.
20481 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20482 long options.
20483
20484 \(fn)" nil nil)
20485
20486 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20487
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20489 Completion for the `ag' command.
20490
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20492
20493 ;;;***
20494 \f
20495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21607 56025 301574
20496 ;;;;;; 889000))
20497 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20498
20499 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20500 Support extensible programmable completion.
20501 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20502 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20503
20504 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20505
20506 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20507 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20508
20509 \(fn)" t nil)
20510
20511 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20512 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20513 This will modify the current buffer.
20514
20515 \(fn)" t nil)
20516
20517 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20518 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20519
20520 \(fn)" t nil)
20521
20522 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20523 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20524 This will modify the current buffer.
20525
20526 \(fn)" t nil)
20527
20528 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20529 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20530
20531 \(fn)" t nil)
20532
20533 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20534 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20535
20536 \(fn)" t nil)
20537
20538 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20539 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20540 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20541 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20542 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20543
20544 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20545
20546 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20547 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20548
20549 \(fn)" nil nil)
20550
20551 ;;;***
20552 \f
20553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
20554 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20555
20556 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20557 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20558 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20559 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20560
20561 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20562
20563 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20564
20565 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20566 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20567 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20568 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20569 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20570 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20571 FLAGS is ignored.
20572
20573 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20574
20575 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20576 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20577 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20578 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20579 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20580 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20581 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20582 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20583
20584 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20585
20586 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20587 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20588 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20589 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20590 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20591 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20592 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20593 passed to cvs.
20594
20595 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20596
20597 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20598 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20599 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20600 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20601 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20602 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20603 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20604
20605 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20606
20607 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20608 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20609 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20610
20611 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20612
20613 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20614 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20615 A value of nil means never do it.
20616 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20617 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20618 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20619
20620 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20621
20622 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20623 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20624 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20625
20626 ;;;***
20627 \f
20628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21607 56025
20629 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
20630 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20631
20632 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20633 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20634
20635 ;;;***
20636 \f
20637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21607
20638 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
20639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20640 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20641 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20642 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20643 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20644 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20645 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20646
20647 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20648 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20649 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20650 Tab indents for Perl code.
20651 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20652 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20653 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20654 \\{perl-mode-map}
20655 Variables controlling indentation style:
20656 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20657 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20658 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20659 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20660 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20661 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20662 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20663 `perl-nochange'
20664 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20665 `perl-indent-level'
20666 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20667 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20668 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20669 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20670 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20671 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20672 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20673 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20674 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20675 `perl-brace-offset'
20676 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20677 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20678 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20679 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20680 `perl-label-offset'
20681 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20682 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20683 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20684
20685 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20686 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20687 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20688 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20689 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20690 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20691 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20692
20693 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20694
20695 \(fn)" t nil)
20696
20697 ;;;***
20698 \f
20699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21607 56025
20700 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
20701 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20702
20703 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20704 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20705 \\<picture-mode-map>
20706 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20707 afterwards settable by these commands:
20708
20709 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20710 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20711 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20712 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20713
20714 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20715 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20716 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20717 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20718
20719 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20720 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20721 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20722 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20723
20724 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20725 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20726 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20727 with these commands:
20728
20729 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20730 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20731 Move to column following last
20732 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20733 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20734 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20735 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20736 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20737 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20738
20739 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20740
20741 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20742 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20743 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20744 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20745 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20746 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20747
20748 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20749 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20750 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20751 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20752 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20753 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20754 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20755
20756 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20757 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20758 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20759 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20760 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20761 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20762 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20763 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20764
20765 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20766 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20767 by supplying an argument.
20768
20769 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20770
20771 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20772 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20773
20774 \(fn)" t nil)
20775
20776 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20777
20778 ;;;***
20779 \f
20780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21607 56024 801559
20781 ;;;;;; 72000))
20782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20783
20784 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20785 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20786
20787 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20788
20789 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20790 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20791
20792 \(fn)" t nil)
20793
20794 ;;;***
20795 \f
20796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21607 56025 801549
20797 ;;;;;; 101000))
20798 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20799
20800 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20801 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20802 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20803
20804 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20805
20806 ;;;***
20807 \f
20808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21607 56025 301574 889000))
20809 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20810
20811 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20812 Play pong and waste time.
20813 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20814 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20815
20816 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20817
20818 \\{pong-mode-map}
20819
20820 \(fn)" t nil)
20821
20822 ;;;***
20823 \f
20824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
20825 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20826
20827 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20828 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20829 Use streaming commands.
20830
20831 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20832
20833 ;;;***
20834 \f
20835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21607 56058 801550
20836 ;;;;;; 360000))
20837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20838
20839 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20840 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20841 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20842 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20843
20844 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20845
20846 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20847 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20848
20849 \(fn)" nil nil)
20850
20851 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20852 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20853 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20854 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20855 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20856
20857 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20858
20859 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20860 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20861 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20862
20863 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20864
20865 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20866 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20867
20868 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20869
20870 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20871 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20872 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20873 Ignores leading comment characters.
20874
20875 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20876
20877 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20878 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20879 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20880 Ignores leading comment characters.
20881
20882 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20883
20884 ;;;***
20885 \f
20886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21607 56059 303525
20887 ;;;;;; 127000))
20888 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20889 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20890
20891 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20892 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20893
20894 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20895
20896 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20897
20898 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20899
20900 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20901 Preview directory using ghostview.
20902
20903 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20904 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20905 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20906 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20907
20908 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20909 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20910 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20911 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20912 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20913 file name.
20914
20915 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20916
20917 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20918
20919 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20920 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20921
20922 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20923 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20924 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20925 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20926
20927 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20928 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20929 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20930 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20931 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20932 file name.
20933
20934 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20935
20936 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20937
20938 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20939 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20940
20941 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20942 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20943 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20944 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20945
20946 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20947 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20948 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20949 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20950 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20951 file name.
20952
20953 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20954
20955 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20956
20957 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20958 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20959
20960 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20961
20962 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20963 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20964 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20965 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20966
20967 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20968 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20969 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20970 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20971 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20972 file name.
20973
20974 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20975
20976 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20977
20978 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20979 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20980
20981 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20982 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20983 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20984
20985 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20986 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20987 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20988 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20989
20990 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20991
20992 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20993 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20994
20995 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20996 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20997 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20998
20999 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21000 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21001 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21002 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21003
21004 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21005
21006 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21007 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21008
21009 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21010 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21011 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21012
21013 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21014 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21015 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21016 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21017
21018 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21019
21020 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21021 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21022
21023 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21024
21025 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21026 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21027 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21028
21029 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21030 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21031 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21032 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21033
21034 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21035
21036 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21037 Preview region using ghostview.
21038
21039 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21040
21041 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21042
21043 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21044 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21045
21046 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21047
21048 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21049
21050 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21051 Print region using PostScript printer.
21052
21053 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21054
21055 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21056
21057 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21058 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21059
21060 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21061
21062 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21063
21064 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21065 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21066
21067 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21068
21069 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21070
21071 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21072 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21073
21074 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21075
21076 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21077
21078 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21079 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21080
21081 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21082
21083 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21084
21085 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21086 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21087
21088 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21089
21090 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21091
21092 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21093 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21094 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21095 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21096
21097 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21098 matching.
21099
21100 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21101 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21102
21103 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21104
21105 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21106
21107 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21108 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21109 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21110 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21111
21112 \(fn)" t nil)
21113
21114 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21115 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21116 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21117 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21118
21119 \(fn)" t nil)
21120
21121 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21122 Print directory using text printer.
21123
21124 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21125 matching.
21126
21127 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21128 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21129
21130 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21131
21132 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21133
21134 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21135 Print buffer using text printer.
21136
21137 \(fn)" t nil)
21138
21139 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21140 Print region using text printer.
21141
21142 \(fn)" t nil)
21143
21144 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21145 Print major mode using text printer.
21146
21147 \(fn)" t nil)
21148
21149 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21150 Preview spooled PostScript.
21151
21152 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21153 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21154 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21155
21156 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21157 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21158 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21159
21160 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21161
21162 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21163 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21164
21165 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21166 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21167 instead of sending it to the printer.
21168
21169 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21170 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21171 image in a file with that name.
21172
21173 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21174
21175 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21176 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21177
21178 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21179 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21180 instead of sending it to the printer.
21181
21182 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21183 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21184 image in a file with that name.
21185
21186 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21187
21188 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21189 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21190
21191 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21192 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21193 instead of sending it to the printer.
21194
21195 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21196 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21197 image in a file with that name.
21198
21199 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21200
21201 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21202 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21203
21204 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21205
21206 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21207 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21208
21209 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21210
21211 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21212 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21213
21214 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21215
21216 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21217 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21218
21219 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21220
21221 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21222 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21223
21224 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21225
21226 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21227 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21228
21229 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21230 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21231 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21232 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21233
21234 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21235 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21236 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21237 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21238 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21239 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21240 file name.
21241
21242 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21243
21244 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21245 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21246
21247 \(fn)" t nil)
21248
21249 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21250 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21251
21252 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21253 right.
21254 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21255 bottom.
21256
21257 \(fn)" t nil)
21258
21259 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21260 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21261
21262 \(fn)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21265 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21266
21267 \(fn)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21270 Toggle printing with faces.
21271
21272 \(fn)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21275 Toggle spooling.
21276
21277 \(fn)" t nil)
21278
21279 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21280 Toggle duplex.
21281
21282 \(fn)" t nil)
21283
21284 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21285 Toggle tumble.
21286
21287 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21288 right.
21289 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21290 bottom.
21291
21292 \(fn)" t nil)
21293
21294 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21295 Toggle landscape.
21296
21297 \(fn)" t nil)
21298
21299 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21300 Toggle upside-down.
21301
21302 \(fn)" t nil)
21303
21304 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21305 Toggle line number.
21306
21307 \(fn)" t nil)
21308
21309 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21310 Toggle zebra stripes.
21311
21312 \(fn)" t nil)
21313
21314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21315 Toggle printing header.
21316
21317 \(fn)" t nil)
21318
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21320 Toggle printing header frame.
21321
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21323
21324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21325 Toggle menu lock.
21326
21327 \(fn)" t nil)
21328
21329 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21330 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21331
21332 \(fn)" t nil)
21333
21334 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21335 Toggle auto mode.
21336
21337 \(fn)" t nil)
21338
21339 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21340 Customization of the `printing' group.
21341
21342 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21343
21344 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21345 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21346
21347 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21348
21349 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21350 Help for the printing package.
21351
21352 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21353
21354 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21355 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21356
21357 \(fn)" t nil)
21358
21359 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21360 Interactively select a text printer.
21361
21362 \(fn)" t nil)
21363
21364 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21365 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21366
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21368
21369 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21370 Show current ps-print settings.
21371
21372 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21373
21374 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21375 Show current printing settings.
21376
21377 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21378
21379 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21380 Show current lpr settings.
21381
21382 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21383
21384 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21385 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21386
21387 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21388 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21389 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21390 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21391
21392
21393 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21394
21395 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21396 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21397 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21398
21399 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21400 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21401 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21402 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21403 current active printer.
21404
21405 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21406 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21407 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21408 printer.
21409
21410 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21411 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21412 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21413 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21414 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21415
21416
21417 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21418 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21419
21420 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21421
21422 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21423 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21424 be done using the new current active printer.
21425
21426 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21427 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21428 printer.
21429
21430 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21431 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21432 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21433 instead of sending it to the printer.
21434
21435 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21436 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21437 printer.
21438
21439 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21440
21441
21442 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21443 are both set to t.
21444
21445 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21446
21447 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21448 Fast fire function for text printing.
21449
21450 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21451 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21452 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21453 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21454
21455 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21456 user for a new active text printer.
21457
21458 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21459
21460 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21461
21462 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21463 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21464 printer.
21465
21466 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21467
21468 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21469 are both set to t.
21470
21471 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21472
21473 ;;;***
21474 \f
21475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21607 56025 301574 889000))
21476 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21477
21478 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21479 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21480 \\<proced-mode-map>
21481 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21482 the process information.
21483
21484 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21485
21486 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21487 Proced buffers.
21488
21489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21490
21491 ;;;***
21492 \f
21493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21607 56025 301574
21494 ;;;;;; 889000))
21495 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21496
21497 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21498 Start/restart profilers.
21499 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21500 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21501 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21502
21503 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21504
21505 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21506 Open profile FILENAME.
21507
21508 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21509
21510 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21511 Open profile FILENAME.
21512
21513 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21514
21515 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21516 Open profile FILENAME.
21517
21518 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21519
21520 ;;;***
21521 \f
21522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21607 56059
21523 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
21524 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21525
21526 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21527 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21528
21529 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21530 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21531
21532 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21533
21534 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21535 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21536
21537 Commands:
21538 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21539
21540 \(fn)" t nil)
21541
21542 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21543 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21544 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21545
21546 \(fn)" t nil)
21547
21548 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21549 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21550 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21551
21552 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21553
21554 ;;;***
21555 \f
21556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
21557 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21558
21559 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21560 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21561 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21562
21563 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21564
21565 ;;;***
21566 \f
21567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21607 56059
21568 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
21569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21570 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21571
21572 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21573 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21574
21575 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21576
21577 The following variables hold user options, and can
21578 be set through the `customize' command:
21579
21580 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21581 `ps-mode-tab'
21582 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21583 `ps-mode-print-function'
21584 `ps-run-prompt'
21585 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21586 `ps-run-x'
21587 `ps-run-dumb'
21588 `ps-run-init'
21589 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21590 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21591
21592 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21593
21594
21595 \\{ps-mode-map}
21596
21597
21598 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21599 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21600 The keymap for this second window is:
21601
21602 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21603
21604
21605 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21606 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21607 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21608 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21609 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21610
21611 \(fn)" t nil)
21612
21613 ;;;***
21614 \f
21615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21607 56059 303525
21616 ;;;;;; 127000))
21617 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21618 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21619
21620 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21621 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21622 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21623
21624 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21625
21626 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21627 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21628 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21629 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21630
21631 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21632
21633 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21634 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21635
21636 Valid values are:
21637
21638 nil Do not print colors.
21639
21640 t Print colors.
21641
21642 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21643 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21644
21645 Any other value is treated as t.")
21646
21647 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21648
21649 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21650 Customization of ps-print group.
21651
21652 \(fn)" t nil)
21653
21654 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21655 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21656
21657 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21658 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21659 sending it to the printer.
21660
21661 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21662 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21663 image in a file with that name.
21664
21665 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21666
21667 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21668 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21669 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21670 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21671 so it has a way to determine color values.
21672
21673 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21674
21675 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21676 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21677 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21678
21679 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21680
21681 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21682 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21683 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21684 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21685 so it has a way to determine color values.
21686
21687 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21688
21689 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21690 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21691 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21692 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21693
21694 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21695
21696 \(fn)" t nil)
21697
21698 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21699 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21700 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21701 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21702 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21703
21704 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21705
21706 \(fn)" t nil)
21707
21708 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21709 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21710 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21711
21712 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21713
21714 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21715
21716 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21717 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21718 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21719 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21720 so it has a way to determine color values.
21721
21722 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21723
21724 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21725
21726 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21727 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21728
21729 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21730 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21731 instead of sending it to the printer.
21732
21733 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21734 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21735 image in a file with that name.
21736
21737 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21738
21739 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21740 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21741 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21742 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21743 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21744
21745 \(fn)" t nil)
21746
21747 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21748 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21749 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21750
21751 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21752
21753 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21754 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21755 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21756
21757 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21758
21759 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21760 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21761
21762 \(fn)" nil nil)
21763
21764 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21765 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21766
21767 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21768 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21769
21770 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21771 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21772
21773 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21774
21775 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21776
21777 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21778
21779 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21780 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21781
21782 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21783 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21784
21785 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21786 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21787
21788 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21789
21790 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21791
21792 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21793
21794 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21795 foreground and background colors respectively.
21796
21797 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21798 bold - use bold font.
21799 italic - use italic font.
21800 underline - put a line under text.
21801 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21802 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21803 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21804 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21805 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21806
21807 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21808
21809 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21810
21811 ;;;***
21812 \f
21813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21607 56023 800854
21814 ;;;;;; 237000))
21815 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21816 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21817
21818 ;;;***
21819 \f
21820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21627 2757
21821 ;;;;;; 110119 58000))
21822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21823 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21824
21825 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21826
21827 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21828
21829 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21830 Run an inferior Python process.
21831 Input and output via buffer named after
21832 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21833 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21834
21835 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21836 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21837 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21838 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21839
21840 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21841 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21842 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21843
21844 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21845
21846 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21847 Major mode for editing Python files.
21848
21849 \\{python-mode-map}
21850
21851 \(fn)" t nil)
21852
21853 ;;;***
21854 \f
21855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
21856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21857
21858 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21859 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21860 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21861 coding-system.
21862
21863 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21864 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21865
21866 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21867 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21868 them into characters should be done separately.
21869
21870 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21871
21872 ;;;***
21873 \f
21874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21607 56024
21875 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
21876 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21877
21878 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21879 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21880
21881 \(fn)" nil nil)
21882
21883 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21884 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21885 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21886
21887 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21888 `quail-activate', which see.
21889
21890 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21891
21892 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21893 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21894 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21895 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21896 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21897 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21898 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21899
21900 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21901 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21902 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21903 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21904 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21905 shown.
21906 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21907
21908 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21909 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21910 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21911 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21912 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21913 list of candidates.
21914
21915 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21916 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21917 command to be called.
21918
21919 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21920 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21921 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21922 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21923
21924 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21925 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21926 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21927 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21928 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21929 to t.
21930
21931 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21932 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21933 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21934 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21935
21936 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21937 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21938 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21939 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21940 defines no translations for single character keys.
21941
21942 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21943 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21944 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21945 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21946 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21947 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21948
21949 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21950 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21951 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21952 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21953 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21954 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21955
21956 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21957 covers Quail translation region.
21958
21959 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21960 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21961 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21962 for it) is inserted.
21963
21964 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21965 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21966 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21967
21968 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21969 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21970 non-Quail commands.
21971
21972 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21973
21974 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21975 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21976
21977 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21978 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21979 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21980 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21981 you type is correctly handled.
21982
21983 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21984
21985 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21986 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21987
21988 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21989 keyboard type.
21990
21991 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21992
21993 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21994 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21995 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21996 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21997 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21998 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21999 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22000 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22001 for the translation.
22002 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22003
22004 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22005 it is used to handle KEY.
22006
22007 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22008 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22009 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22010 the following annotation types are supported.
22011
22012 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22013 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22014
22015 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22016 candidate list.
22017
22018 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22019 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22020 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22021 inserted.
22022
22023 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22024 generated for the following translations.
22025
22026 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22027
22028 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22029 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22030
22031 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22032 which to install MAP.
22033
22034 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22035
22036 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22037
22038 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22039 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22040
22041 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22042 which to install MAP.
22043
22044 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22045
22046 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22047
22048 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22049 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22050 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22051 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22052 a function, or a cons.
22053 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22054 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22055 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22056 for the translation.
22057 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22058 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22059 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22060 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22061 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22062
22063 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22064 it is used to handle KEY.
22065
22066 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22067 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22068 current Quail package.
22069
22070 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22071 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22072
22073 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22074
22075 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22076 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22077
22078 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22079 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22080
22081 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22082
22083 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22084 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22085
22086 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22087
22088 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22089 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22090 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22091 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22092 of the Emacs source tree.
22093
22094 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22095 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22096
22097 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22098 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22099 of each directory.
22100
22101 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22102
22103 ;;;***
22104 \f
22105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21607
22106 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
22107 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22108
22109 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22110 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22111 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22112 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22113
22114 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22115
22116 ;;;***
22117 \f
22118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22119 ;;;;;; (21607 56024 801559 72000))
22120 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22121
22122 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22123 Activate UCS input method.
22124 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22125
22126 While this input method is active, the variable
22127 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22128
22129 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22130
22131 ;;;***
22132 \f
22133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21607 56025 301574
22134 ;;;;;; 889000))
22135 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22136
22137 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22138 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22139 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22140 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22141
22142 To make use of this do something like:
22143
22144 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22145
22146 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22147
22148 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22149 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22150
22151 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22152 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22153 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22154
22155 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22156
22157 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22158 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22159
22160 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22161
22162 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22163 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22164
22165 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22166 is decided.
22167
22168 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22169
22170 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22171 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22172
22173 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22174 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22175 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22176
22177 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22178
22179 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22180 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22181
22182 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22183
22184 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22185 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22186
22187 \(fn)" t nil)
22188
22189 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22190 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22191
22192 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22193
22194 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22195
22196 \(fn)" t nil)
22197
22198 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22199 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22200
22201 \(fn)" t nil)
22202
22203 ;;;***
22204 \f
22205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21607 56059 303525
22206 ;;;;;; 127000))
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22208
22209 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22210 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22211
22212 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22213
22214 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22215
22216 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22217
22218 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22219
22220 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22221
22222
22223 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22224
22225 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22226 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22227 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22230 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22231
22232 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22233
22234 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22235 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22237 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22238 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22239
22240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22241
22242 ;;;***
22243 \f
22244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21607
22245 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
22246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22247
22248 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22249
22250 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22251 Construct a regexp interactively.
22252 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22253 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22254 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22255
22256 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22257 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22258
22259 \(fn)" t nil)
22260
22261 ;;;***
22262 \f
22263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21607 56025 801549
22264 ;;;;;; 101000))
22265 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22266
22267 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22268 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22269 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22271 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22272 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22273
22274 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22275
22276 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22277 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22280 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22281
22282 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22283 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22284 were operated on recently.
22285
22286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22287
22288 ;;;***
22289 \f
22290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
22291 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22292
22293 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22294 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22295 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22296 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22297 ends.
22298
22299 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22300 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22301 to be deleted.
22302
22303 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22304
22305 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22306 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22307 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22308
22309 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22310 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22311 deleted.
22312
22313 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22314
22315 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22316 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22317 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22318
22319 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22320
22321 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22322 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22323
22324 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22325 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22326
22327 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22328 deleted.
22329
22330 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22331 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22332 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22333 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22334 even beep.)
22335
22336 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22337
22338 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22339 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22340
22341 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22342
22343 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22344 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22345
22346 \(fn)" t nil)
22347
22348 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22349 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22350 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22351 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22352 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22353 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22354 and point is at the lower right corner.
22355
22356 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22357
22358 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22359 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22360
22361 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22362 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22363
22364 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22365 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22366 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22367
22368 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22369
22370 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22371
22372 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22373 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22374 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22375 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22376 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22377
22378 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22379 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22380
22381 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22382
22383 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22384 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22385 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22386
22387 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22388
22389 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22390
22391 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22392
22393 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22394 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22395
22396 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22397 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22398 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22399
22400 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22401
22402 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22403 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22404 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22405
22406 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22407 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22408 rectangle which were empty.
22409
22410 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22411
22412 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22413 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22414
22415 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22416 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22417 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22418 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22419
22420 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22421
22422 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22423 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22424 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22425
22426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22427
22428 ;;;***
22429 \f
22430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21607 56025
22431 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
22432 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22433
22434 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22435 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22436 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22437 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22438 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22439
22440 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22441 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22442 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22443 auto-filling.
22444
22445 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22446
22447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22448
22449 ;;;***
22450 \f
22451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21607 56059
22452 ;;;;;; 804396 982000))
22453 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22454
22455 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22456 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22457
22458 \(fn)" nil nil)
22459
22460 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22461 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22462
22463 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22464 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22465
22466 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22467 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22468 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22469 \\ref macro.
22470
22471 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22472 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22473 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22474
22475 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22476 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22477 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22478
22479 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22480 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22481
22482 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22483 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22484
22485 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22486 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22487 on the menu bar.
22488
22489 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22490
22491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22492
22493 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22494 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22495 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22496
22497 \(fn)" nil nil)
22498
22499 ;;;***
22500 \f
22501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21607
22502 ;;;;;; 56059 804396 982000))
22503 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22504
22505 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22506 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22507 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22508 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22509 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22510 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22511
22512 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22513
22514 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22515
22516 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22517 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22518 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22519 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22520 `reftex-cite-format'.
22521
22522 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22523 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22524 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22525 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22526
22527 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22528
22529 ;;;***
22530 \f
22531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22532 ;;;;;; (21607 56059 804396 982000))
22533 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22534
22535 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22536 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22537 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22538 the current TeX document.
22539
22540 With no argument, this command toggles
22541 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22542 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22543
22544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22545
22546 ;;;***
22547 \f
22548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22549 ;;;;;; (21607 56059 804396 982000))
22550 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22551
22552 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22553 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22554 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22555
22556 To insert new phrases, use
22557 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22558 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22559
22560 To index phrases use one of:
22561
22562 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22563 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22564 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22565 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22566 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22567
22568 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22569 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22570
22571 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22572
22573 Here are all local bindings.
22574
22575 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22576
22577 \(fn)" t nil)
22578
22579 ;;;***
22580 \f
22581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22582 ;;;;;; (21623 5708 80843 798000))
22583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22584
22585 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22586 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22587 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22588 of master file.
22589
22590 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22591
22592 ;;;***
22593 \f
22594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21607
22595 ;;;;;; 56025 801549 101000))
22596 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22597 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22598 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22599 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22600 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22601
22602 ;;;***
22603 \f
22604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21607
22605 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
22606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22607
22608 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22609 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22610 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22611 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22612 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22613 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22614
22615 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22616 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22617
22618 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22619 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22620 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22621 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22622
22623 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22624
22625 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22626 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22627 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22628 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22629
22630 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22631
22632 ;;;***
22633 \f
22634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21607 56024 300834
22635 ;;;;;; 853000))
22636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22637 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22638
22639 ;;;***
22640 \f
22641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21607 56059
22642 ;;;;;; 804396 982000))
22643 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22644 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22645
22646 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22647 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22648 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22649 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22650
22651 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22652
22653 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22654
22655 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22656 Call `remember' in another frame.
22657
22658 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22659
22660 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22661 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22662 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22663
22664 \(fn)" t nil)
22665
22666 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22667 Extract diary entries from the region.
22668
22669 \(fn)" nil nil)
22670
22671 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22672 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22673 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22674 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22675
22676 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22677
22678 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22679 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22680 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22681 minor mode.
22682
22683 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22684
22685 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22686 Return the buffer.
22687
22688 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22689 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22690 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22691
22692 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22693
22694 ;;;***
22695 \f
22696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
22697 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22698 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22699
22700 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22701 Repeat most recently executed command.
22702 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22703 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22704 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22705
22706 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22707 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22708 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22709 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22710
22711 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22712 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22713 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22714
22715 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22716
22717 ;;;***
22718 \f
22719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21607 56024
22720 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
22721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22722
22723 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22724 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22725
22726 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22727 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22728 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22729 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22730 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22731 and point is left after the salutation.
22732
22733 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22734 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22735 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22736 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22737 left after that text.
22738
22739 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22740 is non-nil.
22741
22742 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22743 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22744 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22745 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22746
22747 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22748
22749 ;;;***
22750 \f
22751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21607 56025 801549
22752 ;;;;;; 101000))
22753 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22754
22755 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22756 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22757 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22758 visibility of comments that precede it.
22759 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22760 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22761 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22762 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22763 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22764 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22765 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22766 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22767 the comment lines.
22768 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22769 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22770 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22771 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22772 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22773
22774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22775
22776 ;;;***
22777 \f
22778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
22779 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22780
22781 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22782 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22783 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22784 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22785 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22786
22787 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22788 reveals invisible text around point.
22789
22790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22791
22792 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22793 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22794 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22796 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22797 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22798
22799 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22800
22801 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22802 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22803 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22804
22805 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22806 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22807 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22808
22809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22810
22811 ;;;***
22812 \f
22813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21607 56024 300834
22814 ;;;;;; 853000))
22815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22816
22817 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22818 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22819
22820 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22821
22822 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22823 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22824
22825 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22826
22827 ;;;***
22828 \f
22829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21607 56025 301574
22830 ;;;;;; 889000))
22831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22832
22833 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22834 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22835 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22836 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22837
22838 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22839
22840 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22841 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22842 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22843 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22844
22845 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22846 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22847
22848 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22849 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22850
22851 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22852 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22853 INPUT-ARGS.
22854
22855 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22856 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22857 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22858 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22859 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22860
22861 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22862 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22863 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22864 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22865
22866 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22867 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22868 variable.
22869
22870 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22871
22872 ;;;***
22873 \f
22874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21607 56059 303525
22875 ;;;;;; 127000))
22876 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22877
22878 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22879 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22880
22881 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22882
22883 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22884
22885 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22886 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22887 Its name should end with a slash.")
22888
22889 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22890 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22891
22892 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22893 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22894 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22895
22896 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22897
22898 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22899 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22900 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22901 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22902 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22903 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22904 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22905
22906 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22907 sent by you under different user names.
22908 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22909
22910 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22911
22912 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22913
22914 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22915
22916 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22917 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22918 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22919 explicitly.")
22920
22921 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22922
22923 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22924 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22925 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22926 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22927 which normally happens once for each message,
22928 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22929 To make a change in this variable take effect
22930 for a message that you have already viewed,
22931 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22932
22933 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22934
22935 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22936 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22937 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22938 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22939
22940 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22941
22942 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22943 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22944
22945 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22946
22947 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22948 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22949 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22950
22951 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22952
22953 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22954 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22955 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22956 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22957 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22958 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22959
22960 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22961
22962 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22963 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22964
22965 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22966
22967 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22968 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22969
22970 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22971
22972 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22973 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22974
22975 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22976 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22977
22978 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22979
22980 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22981 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22982
22983 This is set to nil by default.")
22984
22985 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22986 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22987 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22988 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22989 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22990 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22991 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22992
22993 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22994 Read and edit incoming mail.
22995 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22996 file in RMAIL Mode.
22997 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22998
22999 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23000 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23001 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23002 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23003
23004 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23005
23006 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23007
23008 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23009 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23010 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23011 Instead, these commands are available:
23012
23013 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23014 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23015 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23016 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23017 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23018 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23019 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23020 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23021 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23022 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23023 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23024 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23025 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23026 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23027 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23028 till a deleted message is found.
23029 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23030 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23031 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23032 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23033 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23034 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23035 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23036 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23037 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23038 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23039 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23040 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23041 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23042 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23043 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23044 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23045 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23046 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23047 (label defaults to last one specified).
23048 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23049 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23050 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23051 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23052 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23053 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23054 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23055 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23056 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23057
23058 \(fn)" t nil)
23059
23060 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23061 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23062
23063 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23064
23065 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23066 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23067
23068 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23069
23070 ;;;***
23071 \f
23072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21607 56024
23073 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
23074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23075 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23076
23077 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23078 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23079 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23080 case it writes Babyl.
23081
23082 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23083 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23084 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23085 `rmail-default-file'.
23086
23087 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23088 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23089 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23090
23091 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23092 the header display is currently pruned.
23093
23094 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23095 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23096 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23097 messages after output.
23098
23099 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23100 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23101 message (if writing a file directly).
23102
23103 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23104 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23105
23106 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23107
23108 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23109 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23110 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23111 i) the header is output as currently seen
23112 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23113 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23114
23115 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23116 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23117 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23118
23119 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23120
23121 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23122 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23123 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23124 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23125 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23126 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23127 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23128
23129 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23130 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23131 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23132
23133 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23134
23135 ;;;***
23136 \f
23137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21607 56025
23138 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
23139 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23140
23141 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23142 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23143 Return a pattern.
23144
23145 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23146
23147 ;;;***
23148 \f
23149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21607 56025
23150 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
23151 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23152
23153 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23154 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23155 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23156 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23157
23158 \(fn)" t nil)
23159
23160 ;;;***
23161 \f
23162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21607 56025
23163 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
23164 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23165
23166 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23167 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23168
23169 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23170 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23171 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23172 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23173 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23174 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23175 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23176 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23177 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23178 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23179
23180 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23181 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23182 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23183 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23184 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23185 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23186 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23187 to use for finding the schema.
23188
23189 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23190
23191 ;;;***
23192 \f
23193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21607 56025 301574
23194 ;;;;;; 889000))
23195 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23196
23197 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23198
23199 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23200 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23201 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23202 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23203 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23204 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23205 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23206 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23207 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23208 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23209 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23210 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23211 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23212 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23213 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23214 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23215 must be equal.
23216
23217 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23218
23219 ;;;***
23220 \f
23221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21607 56024
23222 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23224
23225 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23226 Define a robin package.
23227
23228 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23229 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23230 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23231 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23232
23233 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23234 one replaces the old one.
23235
23236 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23237
23238 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23239 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23240
23241 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23242 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23243 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23244
23245 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23246
23247 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23248 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23249
23250 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23251
23252 ;;;***
23253 \f
23254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
23255 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23256
23257 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23258 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23259
23260 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23261
23262 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23263 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23264
23265 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23266
23267 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23268 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23269
23270 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23271
23272 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23273 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23274 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23275
23276 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23277 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23278 in ROT13.
23279
23280 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23281
23282 \(fn)" t nil)
23283
23284 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23285 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23286
23287 \(fn)" t nil)
23288
23289 ;;;***
23290 \f
23291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21607 56059 804396
23292 ;;;;;; 982000))
23293 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23294 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23295
23296 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23297 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23298 \\<rst-mode-map>
23299
23300 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23301 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23302 highlighting.
23303
23304 \\{rst-mode-map}
23305
23306 \(fn)" t nil)
23307
23308 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23309 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23311 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23312 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23313
23314 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23315 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23316 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23317
23318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23319
23320 ;;;***
23321 \f
23322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21607
23323 ;;;;;; 56025 801549 101000))
23324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23325 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23326
23327 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23328 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23329
23330 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23331
23332 \(fn)" t nil)
23333
23334 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23335
23336 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23337
23338 ;;;***
23339 \f
23340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21607 56059 303525
23341 ;;;;;; 127000))
23342 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23343 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23344
23345 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23346 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23347 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23348
23349 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23350 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23352 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23353 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23354
23355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23356
23357 ;;;***
23358 \f
23359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21607 56024 300834
23360 ;;;;;; 853000))
23361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23362
23363 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23364 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23365 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23366 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23367
23368 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23369
23370 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23371 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23372 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23373
23374 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23375 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23376 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23377
23378 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23379 notation.
23380
23381 STRING
23382 matches string STRING literally.
23383
23384 CHAR
23385 matches character CHAR literally.
23386
23387 `not-newline', `nonl'
23388 matches any character except a newline.
23389
23390 `anything'
23391 matches any character
23392
23393 `(any SET ...)'
23394 `(in SET ...)'
23395 `(char SET ...)'
23396 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23397 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23398 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23399
23400 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23401 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23402 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23403 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23404
23405 `(not (any SET ...))'
23406 matches any character not in SET ...
23407
23408 `line-start', `bol'
23409 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23410 in the text being matched
23411
23412 `line-end', `eol'
23413 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23414
23415 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23416 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23417 string being matched against.
23418
23419 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23420 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23421 string being matched against.
23422
23423 `buffer-start'
23424 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23425 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23426
23427 `buffer-end'
23428 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23429 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23430
23431 `point'
23432 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23433
23434 `word-start', `bow'
23435 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23436
23437 `word-end', `eow'
23438 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23439
23440 `word-boundary'
23441 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23442 word.
23443
23444 `(not word-boundary)'
23445 `not-word-boundary'
23446 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23447 word.
23448
23449 `symbol-start'
23450 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23451
23452 `symbol-end'
23453 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23454
23455 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23456 matches 0 through 9.
23457
23458 `control', `cntrl'
23459 matches ASCII control characters.
23460
23461 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23462 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23463
23464 `blank'
23465 matches space and tab only.
23466
23467 `graphic', `graph'
23468 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23469 space, and DEL.
23470
23471 `printing', `print'
23472 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23473 and DEL.
23474
23475 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23476 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23477 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23478
23479 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23480 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23481 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23482
23483 `ascii'
23484 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23485
23486 `nonascii'
23487 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23488
23489 `lower', `lower-case'
23490 matches anything lower-case.
23491
23492 `upper', `upper-case'
23493 matches anything upper-case.
23494
23495 `punctuation', `punct'
23496 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23497 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23498
23499 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23500 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23501
23502 `word', `wordchar'
23503 matches anything that has word syntax.
23504
23505 `not-wordchar'
23506 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23507
23508 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23509 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23510 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23511 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23512
23513 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23514 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23515 `word' (\\sw)
23516 `symbol' (\\s_)
23517 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23518 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23519 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23520 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23521 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23522 `escape' (\\s\\)
23523 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23524 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23525 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23526 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23527 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23528
23529 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23530 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23531
23532 `(category CATEGORY)'
23533 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23534 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23535
23536 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23537 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23538 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23539 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23540 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23541 `symbol' (\\c5)
23542 `digit' (\\c6)
23543 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23544 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23545 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23546 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23547 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23548 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23549 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23550 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23551 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23552 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23553 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23554 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23555 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23556 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23557 `ascii' (\\ca)
23558 `arabic' (\\cb)
23559 `chinese' (\\cc)
23560 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23561 `greek' (\\cg)
23562 `korean' (\\ch)
23563 `indian' (\\ci)
23564 `japanese' (\\cj)
23565 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23566 `latin' (\\cl)
23567 `lao' (\\co)
23568 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23569 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23570 `thai' (\\ct)
23571 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23572 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23573 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23574 `can-break' (\\c|)
23575
23576 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23577 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23578
23579 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23580 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23581 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23582 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23583 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23584
23585 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23586 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23587 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23588 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23589
23590 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23591 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23592 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23593 group number N.
23594
23595 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23596 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23597 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23598 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23599 regular expression.
23600
23601 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23602 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23603 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23604 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23605 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23606
23607 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23608 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23609
23610 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23611 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23612
23613 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23614 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23615 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23616
23617 `(* SEXP ...)'
23618 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23619 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23620
23621 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23622 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23623 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23624
23625 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23626 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23627 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23628
23629 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23630 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23631
23632 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23633 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23634
23635 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23636 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23637 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23638 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23639
23640 `(? SEXP ...)'
23641 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23642
23643 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23644 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23645
23646 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23647 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23648 matches N occurrences.
23649
23650 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23651 matches N or more occurrences.
23652
23653 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23654 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23655 matches N to M occurrences.
23656
23657 `(backref N)'
23658 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23659
23660 `(eval FORM)'
23661 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23662 `regexp-quote' it.
23663
23664 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23665 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23666
23667 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23668
23669 ;;;***
23670 \f
23671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21607 56025
23672 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
23673 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23674 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23675
23676 ;;;***
23677 \f
23678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21607 56059 303525
23679 ;;;;;; 127000))
23680 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23681 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23682
23683 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23684 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23685 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23687 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23688 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23689
23690 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23691
23692 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23693 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23695 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23696 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23697
23698 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23699 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23700 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23701 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23702
23703 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23704 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23705 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23706
23707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23708
23709 ;;;***
23710 \f
23711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21607 56059
23712 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
23713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23714
23715 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23716 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23717 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23718
23719 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23720 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23721 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23722 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23723 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23724 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23725 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23726 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23727
23728 Commands:
23729 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23730 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23731 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23732
23733 \(fn)" t nil)
23734
23735 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23736 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23737 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23738
23739 Commands:
23740 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23741 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23742 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23743 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23744 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23745 that variable's value is a string.
23746
23747 \(fn)" t nil)
23748
23749 ;;;***
23750 \f
23751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21607 56024
23752 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
23753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23754
23755 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23756 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23757 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23758
23759 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23760
23761 \(fn)" t nil)
23762
23763 ;;;***
23764 \f
23765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21607 56059 303525
23766 ;;;;;; 127000))
23767 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23768
23769 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23770 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23771 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23773 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23774 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23775
23776 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23777
23778 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23779 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23780 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23781 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23782 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23783
23784 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23785 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23786
23787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23788
23789 ;;;***
23790 \f
23791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21607 56025
23792 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
23793 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23794
23795 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23796 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23798 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23799 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23800 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23801 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23802 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23803
23804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23805
23806 ;;;***
23807 \f
23808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21607 56025 301574
23809 ;;;;;; 889000))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23811 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23812 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23813
23814 ;;;***
23815 \f
23816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21607 56058
23817 ;;;;;; 801550 360000))
23818 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23819 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23820
23821 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23822 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23823 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23824
23825 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23826 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23827 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23828 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23829 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23830 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23831 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23832 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23833 keybinding for tag names.
23834 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23835 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23836 of the symbol under point.
23837 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23838 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23839 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23840 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23841 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23842 syntax tokens.
23843 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23844
23845 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23846
23847 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23848 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23849 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23851 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23852 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23853
23854 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23855
23856 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23857 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23858 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23859 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23860 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23861
23862 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23863 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23864 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23865 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23866 Semantic mode.
23867
23868 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23869
23870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23871
23872 ;;;***
23873 \f
23874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23875 ;;;;;; (21607 56058 801550 360000))
23876 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23877
23878 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23879 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23880
23881 \(fn)" t nil)
23882
23883 ;;;***
23884 \f
23885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23886 ;;;;;; (21607 56023 800854 237000))
23887 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23888
23889 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23890 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23891
23892 \(fn)" t nil)
23893
23894 ;;;***
23895 \f
23896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21607 56024
23897 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
23898 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23899
23900 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23901 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23902
23903 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23904 king@grassland.com
23905 If `parens', they look like:
23906 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23907 If `angles', they look like:
23908 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23909
23910 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23911 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23912
23913 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23914
23915 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23916 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23917 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23918 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23919
23920 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23921 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23922 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23923 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23924
23925 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23926
23927 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23928 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23929 This is done when the message is initialized,
23930 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23931
23932 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23933
23934 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23935 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23936 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23937
23938 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23939
23940 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23941 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23942 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23943 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23944 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23945 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23946 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23947
23948 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23949
23950 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23951 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23952
23953 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23954
23955 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23956 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23957 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23958 be a Babyl file.")
23959
23960 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23961
23962 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23963 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23964 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23965 when you first send mail.")
23966
23967 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23968
23969 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23970 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23971 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23972 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23973 This file need not actually exist.")
23974
23975 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23976
23977 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23978 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23979
23980 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23981
23982 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23983 Alist of mail address aliases,
23984 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23985 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23986 can specify a different file name.)
23987 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23988 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23989
23990 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23991 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23992 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23993
23994 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23995
23996 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23997 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23998 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23999
24000 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24001
24002 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24003 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24004 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24005 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24006 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24007 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24008 in the cited portion of the message.
24009
24010 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24011 instead of no action.")
24012
24013 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24014
24015 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24016 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24017 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24018 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24019 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24020
24021 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24022
24023 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24024 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24025 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24026 If a string, that string is inserted.
24027 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24028 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24029 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24030 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24031
24032 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24033
24034 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24035 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24036
24037 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24038
24039 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24040 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24041 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24042
24043 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24044 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24045
24046 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24047
24048 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24049 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24050 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24051 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24052
24053 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24054
24055 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24056 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24057 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24058
24059 \(fn)" nil nil)
24060
24061 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24062
24063 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24064
24065
24066 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24067
24068 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24069 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24070 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24071
24072 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24073 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24074
24075 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24076 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24077 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24078 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24079 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24080 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24081 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24082 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24083 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24084 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24085 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24086 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24087 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24088 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24089
24090 \(fn)" t nil)
24091
24092 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24093 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24094 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24095 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24096
24097 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24098
24099 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24100 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24101 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24102 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24103 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24104 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24105
24106 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24107 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24108 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24109
24110 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24111 User should not set this variable manually,
24112 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24113 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24114 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24115
24116 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24117 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24118 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24119 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24120
24121 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24122 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24123
24124 \\<mail-mode-map>
24125 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24126
24127 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24128 to move to message header fields:
24129 \\{mail-mode-map}
24130
24131 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24132 when the message is initialized.
24133
24134 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24135 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24136
24137 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24138 is inserted.
24139
24140 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24141 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24142
24143 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24144 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24145 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24146 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24147 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24148 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24149 buffer without erasing the contents.
24150
24151 The second through fifth arguments,
24152 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24153 the initial contents of those header fields.
24154 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24155 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24156 original message being replied to, or else an action
24157 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24158 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24159 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24160 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24161 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24162 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24163
24164 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24165
24166 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24167 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24168
24169 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24170
24171 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24172 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24173
24174 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24175
24176 ;;;***
24177 \f
24178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
24179 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24180
24181 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24182
24183 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24184
24185 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24186
24187 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24188 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24189 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24190 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24191 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24192 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24193
24194 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24195 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24196
24197 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24198 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24199 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24200
24201 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24202 \\[server-start].
24203
24204 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24205
24206 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24207 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24208 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24209 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24210
24211 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24212
24213 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24214 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24215 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24216 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24217 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24218 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24219
24220 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24221
24222 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24223 Toggle Server mode.
24224 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24225 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24226 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24227
24228 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24229 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24230 `server-start' for details.
24231
24232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24233
24234 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24235 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24236 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24237
24238 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24239 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24240
24241 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24242
24243 ;;;***
24244 \f
24245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
24246 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24247
24248 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24249 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24250
24251 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24252 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24253 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24254 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24255 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24256
24257 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24258 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24259 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24260 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24261 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24262 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24263
24264 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24265 displayed.
24266
24267 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24268 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24269 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24270
24271 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24272 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24273
24274 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24275 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24276
24277 \\{ses-mode-map}
24278 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24279 part):
24280 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24281 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24282 formula:
24283 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24284
24285 \(fn)" t nil)
24286
24287 ;;;***
24288 \f
24289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21607
24290 ;;;;;; 56059 804396 982000))
24291 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24292
24293 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24294 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24295 Makes > match <.
24296 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24297 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24298
24299 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24300 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24301 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24302
24303 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24304 in your init file.
24305
24306 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24307
24308 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24309 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24310 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24311
24312 \(fn)" t nil)
24313
24314 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24315 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24316 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24317 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24318 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24319 which this is based.
24320
24321 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24322
24323 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24324 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24325 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24326 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24327
24328 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24329 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24330 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24331
24332 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24333 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24334 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24335 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24336
24337 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24338 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24339 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24340 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24341
24342 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24343
24344 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24345 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24346 To work around that, do:
24347 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24348
24349 \\{html-mode-map}
24350
24351 \(fn)" t nil)
24352
24353 ;;;***
24354 \f
24355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21607
24356 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
24357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24358 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24359 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24360
24361 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24362 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24363 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24364 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24365 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24366 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24367
24368 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24369 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24370 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24371 shell-specific features.
24372
24373 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24374 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24375 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24376 \\<sh-mode-map>
24377 \\[sh-case] case statement
24378 \\[sh-for] for loop
24379 \\[sh-function] function definition
24380 \\[sh-if] if statement
24381 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24382 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24383 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24384 \\[sh-select] select loop
24385 \\[sh-until] until loop
24386 \\[sh-while] while loop
24387
24388 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24389 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24390 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24391 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24392 would indent to the way it currently is.
24393 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24394 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24395
24396
24397 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24398 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24399 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24400 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24401 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24402 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24403
24404 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24405 unquoted < insert a here document.
24406
24407 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24408 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24409 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24410
24411 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24412 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24413
24414 \(fn)" t nil)
24415
24416 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24417
24418 ;;;***
24419 \f
24420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21607 56024
24421 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
24422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24423
24424 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24425 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24426
24427 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24428 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24429 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24430
24431 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24432 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24433 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24434 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24435 the earlier.
24436
24437 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24438
24439 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24440
24441 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24442 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24443 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24444
24445 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24446 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24447
24448 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24449 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24450 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24451 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24452 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24453 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24454 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24455 Emacs version).
24456
24457 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24458 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24459 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24460 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24461 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24462
24463 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24464 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24465
24466 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24467
24468 ;;;***
24469 \f
24470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21607 56025 801549
24471 ;;;;;; 101000))
24472 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24473
24474 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24475 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24476 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24477 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24478 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24479 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24480 sites in the cluster.
24481
24482 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24483
24484 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24485 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24486 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24487 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24488 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24489
24490 \(fn)" t nil)
24491
24492 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24493 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24494 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24495 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24496 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24497 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24498 `shadow-define-cluster').
24499
24500 \(fn)" t nil)
24501
24502 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24503 Set up file shadowing.
24504
24505 \(fn)" t nil)
24506
24507 ;;;***
24508 \f
24509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
24510 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24511
24512 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24513 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24514 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24515 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24516 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24517 arguments.")
24518
24519 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24520
24521 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24522 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24523 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24524 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24525 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24526
24527 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24528 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24529 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24530 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24531 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24532 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24533 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24534 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24535 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24536 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24537 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24538
24539 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24540 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24541 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24542 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24543 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24544 `default-process-coding-system'.
24545
24546 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24547 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24548 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24549 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24550
24551 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24552
24553 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24554
24555 ;;;***
24556 \f
24557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
24558 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24559
24560 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24561 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24562
24563 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24564
24565 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24566 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24567 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24568 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24569
24570 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24571
24572 ;;;***
24573 \f
24574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21607 56024 801559
24575 ;;;;;; 72000))
24576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24577
24578 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24579
24580
24581 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24582
24583 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24584
24585
24586 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24587
24588 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24589
24590
24591 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24592
24593 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24594
24595
24596 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24597
24598 ;;;***
24599 \f
24600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21607 56024
24601 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
24602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24603
24604 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24605 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24606 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24607 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24608 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24609
24610 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24611
24612 \(fn)" t nil)
24613
24614 ;;;***
24615 \f
24616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21607 56025
24617 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
24618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24619
24620 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24621 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24622 \\{simula-mode-map}
24623 Variables controlling indentation style:
24624 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24625 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24626 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24627 `simula-indent-level'
24628 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24629 `simula-substatement-offset'
24630 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24631 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24632 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24633 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24634 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24635 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24636 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24637 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24638 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24639 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24640 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24641 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24642 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24643 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24644 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24645 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24646 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24647 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24648 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24649 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24650 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24651 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24652 or nil if they should not be changed.
24653 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24654 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24655 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24656 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24657
24658 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24659 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24660
24661 \(fn)" t nil)
24662
24663 ;;;***
24664 \f
24665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21607 56059 303525
24666 ;;;;;; 127000))
24667 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24668
24669 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24670 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24671
24672 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24673 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24674 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24675 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24676
24677 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24678
24679 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24680
24681 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24682 Insert SKELETON.
24683 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24684 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24685 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24686 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24687 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24688
24689 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24690 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24691
24692 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24693
24694 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24695 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24696
24697 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24698 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24699 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24700 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24701
24702 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24703 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24704 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24705 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24706
24707 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24708 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24709 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24710
24711 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24712 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24713
24714 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24715 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24716
24717 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24718 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24719 is at bol/eol
24720 _ interesting point, interregion here
24721 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24722 interesting point set by _
24723 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24724 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24725 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24726 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24727 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24728 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24729 nil skipped
24730
24731 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24732 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24733
24734 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24735 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24736 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24737 as the first element when at bol.
24738
24739 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24740 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24741 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24742 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24743 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24744 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24745 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24746 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24747
24748 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24749 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24750 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24751 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24752 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24753 available:
24754
24755 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24756 then: insert previously read string once more
24757 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24758 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24759 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24760
24761 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24762 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24763
24764 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24765
24766 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24767 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24768
24769 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24770 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24771 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24772 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24773 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24774 such as backslash.
24775
24776 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24777 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24778 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24779
24780 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24781
24782 ;;;***
24783 \f
24784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21607 56025
24785 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
24786 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24787
24788 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24789 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24790 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24791 buffer names.
24792
24793 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24794
24795 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24796 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24798 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24799 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24800 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24801
24802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24803
24804 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24805 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24806 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24807
24808 \(fn)" t nil)
24809
24810 ;;;***
24811 \f
24812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21607 56024 801559
24813 ;;;;;; 72000))
24814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24815
24816 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24817 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24818 A list of images is returned.
24819
24820 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24821
24822 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24823 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24824 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24825
24826 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24827
24828 ;;;***
24829 \f
24830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21607 56059
24831 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
24832 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24833
24834 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24835
24836
24837 \(fn)" nil nil)
24838
24839 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24840 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24841
24842 \(fn)" t nil)
24843
24844 ;;;***
24845 \f
24846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21607 56025 301574
24847 ;;;;;; 889000))
24848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24849
24850 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24851 Play the Snake game.
24852 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24853
24854 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24855
24856 Snake mode keybindings:
24857 \\<snake-mode-map>
24858 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24859 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24860 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24861 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24862 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24863 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24864 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24865
24866 \(fn)" t nil)
24867
24868 ;;;***
24869 \f
24870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21607 56025
24871 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
24872 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24873
24874 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24875 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24876 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24877 Tab indents for C code.
24878 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24879 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24880 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24881 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24882 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24883
24884 \(fn)" t nil)
24885
24886 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24887 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24888 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24889 Tab indents for C code.
24890 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24891 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24892 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24893 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24894 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24895
24896 \(fn)" t nil)
24897
24898 ;;;***
24899 \f
24900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21607 56023 800854
24901 ;;;;;; 237000))
24902 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24903
24904 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24905 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24906 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24907 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24908 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24909
24910 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24911
24912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24913
24914 ;;;***
24915 \f
24916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21607 56025
24917 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
24918 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24919
24920 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24921 Play Solitaire.
24922
24923 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24924 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24925 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24926 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24927 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24928 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24929 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24930 check after each move or undo.)
24931
24932 What is Solitaire?
24933
24934 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24935 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24936 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24937
24938 Le Solitaire
24939 ============
24940
24941 o o o
24942
24943 o o o
24944
24945 o o o o o o o
24946
24947 o o o . o o o
24948
24949 o o o o o o o
24950
24951 o o o
24952
24953 o o o
24954
24955 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24956 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24957 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24958 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24959
24960 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24961 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24962 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24963 this: o o .
24964
24965 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24966 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24967
24968 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24969
24970 o o o
24971
24972 . o o
24973
24974 o o . o o o o
24975
24976 o . o o o o o
24977
24978 o o o o o o o
24979
24980 o o o
24981
24982 o o o
24983
24984 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24985
24986 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24987
24988 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24989
24990 ;;;***
24991 \f
24992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
24993 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24994 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24995
24996 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24997 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24998
24999 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25000 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25001 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25002 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25003 contiguous.
25004
25005 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25006 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25007 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25008 the sort order.
25009
25010 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25011 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25012
25013 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25014 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25015 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25016 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25017 is called.
25018
25019 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25020 It should move point to the end of the record.
25021
25022 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25023 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25024 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25025 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25026 starts at the beginning of the record.
25027
25028 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25029 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25030 same as ENDRECFUN.
25031
25032 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25033 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25034 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25035 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25036 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25037 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25038 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25039
25040 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25041
25042 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25043 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25044 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25045 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25046 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25047 the sort order.
25048
25049 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25050
25051 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25052 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25053 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25054 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25055 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25056 the sort order.
25057
25058 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25059
25060 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25061 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25062 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25063 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25064 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25065 the sort order.
25066
25067 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25068 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25069
25070 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25071 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25072 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25073 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25074 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25075 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25076 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25077 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25078 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25079
25080 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25081
25082 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25083 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25084 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25085 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25086 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25087 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25088 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25089 the sort order.
25090
25091 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25092
25093 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25094 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25095 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25096 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25097
25098 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25099 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25100
25101 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25102 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25103 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25104 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25105 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25106 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25107 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25108 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25109
25110 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25111
25112 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25113 the sort order.
25114
25115 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25116 starting with the letter \"f\",
25117 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25118
25119 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25120
25121 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25122 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25123 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25124 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25125 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25126 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25127 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25128 the sort order.
25129
25130 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25131 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25132 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25133 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25134 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25135
25136 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25137
25138 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25139 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25140 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25141
25142 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25143
25144 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25145 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25146 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25147 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25148 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25149 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25150 each repeated line.
25151
25152 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25153 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25154 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25155 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25156
25157 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25158 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25159
25160 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25161 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25162
25163 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25164
25165 ;;;***
25166 \f
25167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
25168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25169
25170 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25171 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25172 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25173 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25174 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25175 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25176
25177 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25178
25179 ;;;***
25180 \f
25181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21607
25182 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
25183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25184
25185 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25186 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25187
25188 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25189 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25190 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25191
25192 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25193
25194 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25195 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25196 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25197 server.
25198
25199 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25200
25201 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25202 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25203 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25204
25205 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25206
25207 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25208 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25209 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25210 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25211 Agent is plugged.
25212
25213 \(fn)" t nil)
25214
25215 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25216 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25217 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25218 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25219
25220 \(fn)" t nil)
25221
25222 ;;;***
25223 \f
25224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21607 56059 303525
25225 ;;;;;; 127000))
25226 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25227
25228 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25229
25230 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25231 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25232 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25233 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25234 supported at a time.
25235 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25236 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25237
25238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25239
25240 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25241 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25242 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25243 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25244
25245 \(fn)" t nil)
25246
25247 ;;;***
25248 \f
25249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21607 56025 301574
25250 ;;;;;; 889000))
25251 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25252
25253 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25254 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25255
25256 \(fn)" t nil)
25257
25258 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25259 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25260
25261 \(fn)" nil nil)
25262
25263 ;;;***
25264 \f
25265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21607 56059 303525
25266 ;;;;;; 127000))
25267 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25268 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25269
25270 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25271 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25272
25273 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25274 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25275 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25276 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25277 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25278 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25279 of the current highlighting list.
25280
25281 For example:
25282
25283 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25284 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25285
25286 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25287 `_t' as data types.
25288
25289 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25290
25291 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25292 Major mode to edit SQL.
25293
25294 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25295 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25296 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25297
25298 \\{sql-mode-map}
25299 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25300
25301 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25302 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25303 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25304 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25305 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25306 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25307
25308 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25309 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25310
25311 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25312 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25313 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25314
25315 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25316 (lambda ()
25317 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25318
25319 \(fn)" t nil)
25320
25321 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25322 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25323
25324 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25325 their settings.
25326
25327 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25328 is specified in the connection settings.
25329
25330 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25331
25332 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25333 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25334
25335 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25336 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25337
25338 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25339 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25340 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25341 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25342
25343 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25344
25345 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25346
25347 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25348 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25349
25350 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25351 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25352 `*SQL*'.
25353
25354 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25355 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25356 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25357 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25358
25359 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25360 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25361
25362 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25363 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25364 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25365 buffer.
25366
25367 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25368 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25369 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25370 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25371 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25372 `default-process-coding-system'.
25373
25374 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25375
25376 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25377
25378 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25379 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25380
25381 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25382 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25383 `*SQL*'.
25384
25385 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25386 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25387 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25388 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25389
25390 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25391 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25392
25393 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25394 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25395 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25396 buffer.
25397
25398 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25399 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25400 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25401 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25402 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25403 `default-process-coding-system'.
25404
25405 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25406
25407 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25408
25409 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25410 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25411
25412 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25413 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25414 `*SQL*'.
25415
25416 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25417 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25418
25419 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25420 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25421
25422 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25423 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25424 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25425 buffer.
25426
25427 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25428 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25429 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25430 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25431 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25432 `default-process-coding-system'.
25433
25434 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25435
25436 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25437
25438 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25439 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25440
25441 SQLite is free software.
25442
25443 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25444 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25445 `*SQL*'.
25446
25447 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25448 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25449 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25450 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25451
25452 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25453 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25454
25455 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25456 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25457 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25458 buffer.
25459
25460 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25461 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25462 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25463 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25464 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25465 `default-process-coding-system'.
25466
25467 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25468
25469 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25470
25471 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25472 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25473
25474 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25475
25476 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25477 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25478 `*SQL*'.
25479
25480 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25481 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25482 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25483 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25484
25485 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25486 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25487
25488 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25489 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25490 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25491 buffer.
25492
25493 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25494 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25495 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25496 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25497 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25498 `default-process-coding-system'.
25499
25500 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25501
25502 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25503
25504 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25505 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25506
25507 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25508 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25509 `*SQL*'.
25510
25511 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25512 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25513 defaults, if set.
25514
25515 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25516 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25517
25518 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25519 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25520 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25521 buffer.
25522
25523 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25524 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25525 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25526 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25527 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25528 `default-process-coding-system'.
25529
25530 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25531
25532 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25533
25534 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25535 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25536
25537 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25538 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25539 `*SQL*'.
25540
25541 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25542 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25543
25544 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25545 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25546
25547 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25548 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25549 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25550 buffer.
25551
25552 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25553 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25554 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25555 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25556 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25557 `default-process-coding-system'.
25558
25559 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25560
25561 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25562
25563 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25564 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25565
25566 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25567 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25568 `*SQL*'.
25569
25570 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25571 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25572 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25573 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25574
25575 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25576 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25577
25578 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25579 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25580 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25581 buffer.
25582
25583 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25584 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25585 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25586 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25587 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25588 `default-process-coding-system'.
25589
25590 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25591
25592 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25593
25594 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25595 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25596
25597 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25598 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25599 `*SQL*'.
25600
25601 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25602 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25603 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25604 `sql-postgres-options'.
25605
25606 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25607 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25608
25609 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25610 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25611 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25612 buffer.
25613
25614 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25615 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25616 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25617 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25618 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25619 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25620 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25621 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25622
25623 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25624 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25625
25626 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25627
25628 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25629
25630 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25631 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25632
25633 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25634 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25635 `*SQL*'.
25636
25637 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25638 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25639 defaults, if set.
25640
25641 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25642 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25643
25644 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25645 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25646 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25647 buffer.
25648
25649 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25650 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25651 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25652 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25653 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25654 `default-process-coding-system'.
25655
25656 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25657
25658 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25659
25660 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25661 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25662
25663 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25664 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25665 `*SQL*'.
25666
25667 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25668 automatic login.
25669
25670 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25671 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25672
25673 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25674 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25675 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25676 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25677
25678 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25679 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25680 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25681 buffer.
25682
25683 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25684 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25685 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25686 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25687 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25688 `default-process-coding-system'.
25689
25690 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25691
25692 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25693
25694 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25695 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25696
25697 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25698 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25699 `*SQL*'.
25700
25701 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25702 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25703 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25704 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25705 parameters.
25706
25707 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25708 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25709 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25710 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25711 an empty password.
25712
25713 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25714 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25715
25716 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25717 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25718 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25719 buffer.
25720
25721 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25722
25723 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25724
25725 ;;;***
25726 \f
25727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21607 56023 800854
25728 ;;;;;; 237000))
25729 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25730 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25731
25732 ;;;***
25733 \f
25734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25735 ;;;;;; (21607 56023 800854 237000))
25736 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25737
25738 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25739 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25740
25741 \(fn)" t nil)
25742
25743 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25744
25745 ;;;***
25746 \f
25747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21607 56024
25748 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
25749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25750
25751 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25752 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25753 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25754 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25755 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25756 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25757 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25758 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25759 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25760 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25761 with any buffer
25762 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25763 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25764 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25765 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25766
25767 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25768
25769 ;;;***
25770 \f
25771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21607 56025 801549
25772 ;;;;;; 101000))
25773 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25774
25775 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25776 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25777 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25778 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25779 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25780 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25781
25782 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25783
25784 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25785
25786 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25787 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25788 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25789 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25790 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25791 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25792 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25793
25794 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25795
25796 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25797 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25798 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25799 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25800 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25801 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25802 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25803
25804 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25805
25806 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25807 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25808 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25809
25810 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25811
25812 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25813 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25814 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25815
25816 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25817
25818 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25819 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25820
25821 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25822
25823 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25824 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25825
25826 \(fn)" t nil)
25827
25828 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25829 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25830
25831 \(fn)" t nil)
25832
25833 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25834 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25835 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25836 by command name.
25837 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25838
25839 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25840
25841 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25842 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25843 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25845 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25846 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25847
25848 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25849
25850 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25851 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25852 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25853 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25854 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25855
25856 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25857 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25858 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25859 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25860 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25861
25862 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25863 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25864 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25865 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25866
25867 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25868
25869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25870
25871 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25872 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25873 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25874 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25875
25876 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25877
25878 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25879 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25880
25881 \(fn)" t nil)
25882
25883 ;;;***
25884 \f
25885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 56025 301574
25886 ;;;;;; 889000))
25887 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25888
25889 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25890 Studlify-case the region.
25891
25892 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25893
25894 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25895 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25896
25897 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25898
25899 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25900 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25901
25902 \(fn)" t nil)
25903
25904 ;;;***
25905 \f
25906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21607 56059
25907 ;;;;;; 303525 127000))
25908 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25909
25910 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25911 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25912 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25913 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25914 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25915
25916 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25917 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25918 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25919 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25920
25921 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25922 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25923 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25924
25925 Nomenclature Subwords
25926 ===========================================================
25927 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25928 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25929 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25930
25931 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25932 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25933 as words.
25934
25935 \\{subword-mode-map}
25936
25937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25938
25939 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25940 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25941 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25943 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25944 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25945
25946 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25947
25948 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25949 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25950 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25951 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25952 ARG is omitted or nil.
25953
25954 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25955 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25956 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25957
25958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25959
25960 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25961 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25963 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25964 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25965
25966 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25967 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25968 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25969
25970 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25971 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25972 edit them as words.
25973
25974 \\{superword-mode-map}
25975
25976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25977
25978 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25979 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25980 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25982 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25983 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25984
25985 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25986
25987 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25988 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25989 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25990 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25991 ARG is omitted or nil.
25992
25993 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25994 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25995 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25996
25997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25998
25999 ;;;***
26000 \f
26001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21607 56024
26002 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
26003 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26004
26005 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26006 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26007 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26008 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26009 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26010 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26011 original message but it does require a few things:
26012
26013 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26014
26015 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26016 reply buffer.
26017
26018 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26019 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26020 original message.
26021
26022 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26023
26024 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26025
26026 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26027 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26028 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26029
26030 \(fn)" nil nil)
26031
26032 ;;;***
26033 \f
26034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21607 56025 801549
26035 ;;;;;; 101000))
26036 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26037
26038 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26039
26040 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26041 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26042 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26043 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26044 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26045 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26046
26047 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26048
26049 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26050 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26052 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26053 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26054
26055 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26056 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26057 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26058
26059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26060
26061 ;;;***
26062 \f
26063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
26064 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26065
26066 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26067 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26068 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26069 buffer.
26070
26071 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26072 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26073 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26074
26075 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26076
26077 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26078 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26079 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26080 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26081 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26082 buffer.
26083
26084 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26085 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26086 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26087
26088 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26089
26090 ;;;***
26091 \f
26092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21607 56025 801549
26093 ;;;;;; 101000))
26094 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26095
26096 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26097 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26098 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26099
26100 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26101
26102 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26103 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26104
26105 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26106
26107 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26108 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26109
26110 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26111
26112 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26113 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26114
26115 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26116
26117 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26118 Insert an editable text table.
26119 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26120 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26121 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26122 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26123 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26124 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26125 delimiting them.
26126
26127 Examples:
26128
26129 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26130
26131 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26132 location of point.
26133
26134 -!-
26135
26136 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26137 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26138 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26139 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26140 first cell.
26141
26142 +-----+-----+-----+
26143 |-!- | | |
26144 +-----+-----+-----+
26145
26146 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26147
26148 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26149 width, which results as
26150
26151 +--------------+-----+-----+
26152 |-!- | | |
26153 +--------------+-----+-----+
26154
26155 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26156 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26157
26158 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26159 | | |-!- |
26160 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26161
26162 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26163 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26164 width information to `table-insert'.
26165
26166 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26167
26168 instead of
26169
26170 Cell width(s): 5
26171
26172 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26173 work all together.
26174
26175 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26176 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26177
26178 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26179 |-!- | | |
26180 | | | |
26181 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26182
26183 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26184
26185 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26186 |-!- | | |
26187 | | | |
26188 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26189 | | | |
26190 | | | |
26191 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26192
26193 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26194
26195 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196 | | | |
26197 | | | |
26198 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26199 | | | |
26200 | | | |
26201 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26202 -!-
26203
26204 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26205 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26206 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26207
26208 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26209 | | | |
26210 | | | |
26211 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26212 | | | |
26213 | | | |
26214 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26215 |-!- | | |
26216 | | | |
26217 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26218
26219 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26220 results.
26221
26222 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26223 | | | |
26224 | | | |
26225 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26226 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26227 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26228 | | |expected results.-!- |
26229 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26230 | | | |
26231 | | | |
26232 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26233
26234 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26235
26236 \\{table-cell-map}
26237
26238 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26239
26240 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26241 Insert N table row(s).
26242 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26243 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26244 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26245 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26246
26247 \(fn N)" t nil)
26248
26249 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26250 Insert N table column(s).
26251 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26252 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26253 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26254 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26255
26256 \(fn N)" t nil)
26257
26258 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26259 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26260 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26261
26262 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26263
26264 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26265 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26266 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26267 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26268 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26269 all the table specific features.
26270
26271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26272
26273 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26274
26275
26276 \(fn)" t nil)
26277
26278 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26279 Recognize all tables within region.
26280 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26281 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26282 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26283 specific features.
26284
26285 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26286
26287 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26288
26289
26290 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26291
26292 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26293 Recognize a table at point.
26294 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26295 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26296 the table specific features.
26297
26298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26299
26300 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26301
26302
26303 \(fn)" t nil)
26304
26305 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26306 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26307 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26308 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26309 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26310 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26311 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26312
26313 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26314
26315 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26316
26317
26318 \(fn)" t nil)
26319
26320 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26321 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26322 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26323 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26324 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26325 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26326 specified.
26327
26328 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26329
26330 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26331 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26332 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26333 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26334 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26335 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26336 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26337 table structure.
26338
26339 \(fn N)" t nil)
26340
26341 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26342 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26343 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26344 table's rectangle structure.
26345
26346 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26347
26348 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26349 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26350 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26351 table's rectangle structure.
26352
26353 \(fn N)" t nil)
26354
26355 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26356 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26357 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26358 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26359 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26360
26361 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26362
26363 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26364 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26365 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26366
26367 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26368 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26369 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26370 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26371 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26372 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26373 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26374
26375 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26376 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26377 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26378 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26379 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26380 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26381 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26382
26383 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26384 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26385 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26386 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26387 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26388 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26389 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26390 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26391
26392 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26393
26394 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26395 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26396 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26397 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26398
26399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26400
26401 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26402 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26403 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26404
26405 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26406
26407 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26408 Split current cell vertically.
26409 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26410
26411 \(fn)" t nil)
26412
26413 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26414 Split current cell horizontally.
26415 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26416
26417 \(fn)" t nil)
26418
26419 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26420 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26421 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26422
26423 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26424
26425 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26426 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26427 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26428 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26429
26430 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26431
26432 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26433 Justify cell contents.
26434 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26435 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26436 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26437 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26438
26439 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26440
26441 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26442 Justify cells of a row.
26443 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26444 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26445
26446 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26447
26448 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26449 Justify cells of a column.
26450 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26451 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26452
26453 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26454
26455 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26456 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26457 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26458 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26459 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26460 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26461 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26462 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26463 run-time.
26464
26465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26466
26467 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26468 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26469 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26470 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26471 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26472 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26473 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26474 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26475 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26476 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26477 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26478
26479 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26480
26481 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26482 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26483 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26484 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26485 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26486 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26487 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26488 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26489 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26490 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26491 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26492 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26493 untouched.
26494
26495 References used for this implementation:
26496
26497 HTML:
26498 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26499
26500 LaTeX:
26501 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26502
26503 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26504 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26505 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26506
26507 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26508
26509 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26510 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26511 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26512 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26513 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26514 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26515 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26516 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26517 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26518 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26519 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26520 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26521 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26522 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26523 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26524 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26525 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26526
26527 Example:
26528
26529 (progn
26530 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26531 (table-forward-cell 15)
26532 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26533 (table-forward-cell 16)
26534 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26535 (table-forward-cell 1)
26536 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26537
26538 (progn
26539 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26540 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26541 (table-forward-cell 1)
26542 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26543
26544 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26545
26546 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26547 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26548 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26549 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26550 consists from cells of same height.
26551
26552 \(fn N)" t nil)
26553
26554 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26555 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26556 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26557 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26558 column must consists from cells of same width.
26559
26560 \(fn N)" t nil)
26561
26562 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26563 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26564 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26565 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26566 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26567 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26568 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26569 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26570 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26571 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26572 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26573 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26574 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26575 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26576 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26577
26578
26579 Example 1:
26580
26581 1, 2, 3, 4
26582 5, 6, 7, 8
26583 , 9, 10
26584
26585 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26586 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26587 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26588 specified as 5.
26589
26590 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26591 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26592 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26593 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26594 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26595 | | 9 | 10 | |
26596 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26597
26598 Note:
26599
26600 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26601 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26602 of each row is optional.
26603
26604
26605 Example 2:
26606
26607 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26608 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26609 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26610 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26611 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26612
26613 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26614 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26615
26616 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26617 expression and raw delimiter regular
26618 expression, it parses the specified text
26619 area and extracts cell items from
26620 non-table text and then forms a table out
26621 of them.
26622
26623 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26624 creates a single cell table. The text in
26625 the specified region is placed in that
26626 cell.-*-
26627
26628 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26629 like this.
26630
26631 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26632 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26633 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26634 | |
26635 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26636 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26637 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26638 | area and extracts cell items from |
26639 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26640 | of them. |
26641 | |
26642 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26643 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26644 | the specified region is placed in that |
26645 | cell. |
26646 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26647
26648 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26649 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26650 independently.
26651
26652 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26653 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26654 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26655 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26656 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26657 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26658 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26659 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26660 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26661 | |of them. |
26662 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26663 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26664 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26665 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26666 | |cell. |
26667 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26668
26669 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26670 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26671 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26672
26673 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26674
26675 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26676 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26677 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26678 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26679 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26680
26681 \(fn)" t nil)
26682
26683 ;;;***
26684 \f
26685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
26686 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26687
26688 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26689 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26690
26691 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26692
26693 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26694 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26695
26696 \(fn)" t nil)
26697
26698 ;;;***
26699 \f
26700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21607 56025 801549
26701 ;;;;;; 101000))
26702 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26703
26704 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26705 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26706 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26707 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26708 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26709 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26710 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26711
26712 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26713 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26714 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26715 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26716
26717 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26718 \\{tar-mode-map}
26719
26720 \(fn)" t nil)
26721
26722 ;;;***
26723 \f
26724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21607 56025 801549
26725 ;;;;;; 101000))
26726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26727
26728 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26729 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26730 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26731 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26732 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26733 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26734
26735 Variables controlling indentation style:
26736 `tcl-indent-level'
26737 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26738 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26739 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26740
26741 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26742 documentation for details):
26743 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26744 Controls action of TAB key.
26745 `tcl-auto-newline'
26746 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26747 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26748 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26749 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26750 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26751
26752 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26753 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26754 already exist.
26755
26756 \(fn)" t nil)
26757
26758 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26759 Run inferior Tcl process.
26760 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26761 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26762
26763 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26764
26765 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26766 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26767 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26768
26769 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26770
26771 ;;;***
26772 \f
26773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21607 56025 301574
26774 ;;;;;; 889000))
26775 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26776
26777 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26778 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26779 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26780 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26781
26782 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26783 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26784 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26785 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26786 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26787
26788 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26789
26790 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26791 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26792 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26793 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26794
26795 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26796
26797 ;;;***
26798 \f
26799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21607 56059 303525 127000))
26800 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26801
26802 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26803 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26804 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26805 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26806 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26807 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26808
26809 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26810
26811 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26812 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26813 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26814 commands to use in that buffer.
26815
26816 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26817
26818 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26819
26820 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26821 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26822
26823 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26824
26825 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26826 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26827 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26828 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26829 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26830 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26831 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26832 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26833 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26834 use in that buffer.
26835 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26836
26837 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26838
26839 ;;;***
26840 \f
26841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21607
26842 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
26843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26844
26845 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26846 Start coverage on function under point.
26847
26848 \(fn)" t nil)
26849
26850 ;;;***
26851 \f
26852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21607 56025 301574
26853 ;;;;;; 889000))
26854 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26855 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26856
26857 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26858 Play the Tetris game.
26859 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26860 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26861 as to form complete rows.
26862
26863 tetris-mode keybindings:
26864 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26865 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26866 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26867 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26868 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26869 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26870 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26871 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26872 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26873
26874 \(fn)" t nil)
26875
26876 ;;;***
26877 \f
26878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21607 56059
26879 ;;;;;; 804396 982000))
26880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26881
26882 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26883 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26884
26885 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26886
26887 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26888 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26889 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26890 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26891 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26892
26893 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26894
26895 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26896 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26897 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26898 if it matches the first line of the file,
26899 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26900
26901 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26902
26903 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26904 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26905 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26906 if the variable is non-nil.")
26907
26908 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26909
26910 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26911 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26912
26913 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26914
26915 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26916 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26917 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26918 See the documentation of that variable.")
26919
26920 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26921
26922 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26923 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26924 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26925 See the documentation of that variable.")
26926
26927 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26928
26929 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26930 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26931 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26932 See the documentation of that variable.")
26933
26934 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26935
26936 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26937 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26938 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26939 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26940 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26941
26942 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26943
26944 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26945 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26946 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26947 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26948
26949 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26950
26951 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26952 User defined LaTeX block names.
26953 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26954
26955 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26956
26957 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26958 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26959 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26960 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26961
26962 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26963
26964 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26965 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26966 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26967 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26968
26969 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26970
26971 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26972 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26973 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26974 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26975
26976 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26977 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26978 for example,
26979
26980 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26981 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26982
26983 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26984 use.")
26985
26986 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26987
26988 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26989 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26990 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26991 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26992 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26993
26994 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26995
26996 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26997
26998 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26999 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27000 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27001
27002 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27003
27004 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27005 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27006 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27007 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27008 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27009
27010 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27011
27012 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27013 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27014
27015 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27016
27017 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27018 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27019
27020 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27021
27022 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27023 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27024 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27025 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27026 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27027 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27028 says which mode to use.
27029
27030 \(fn)" t nil)
27031
27032 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27033
27034 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27035
27036 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27037
27038 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27039 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27040 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27041 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27042 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27043
27044 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27045 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27046 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27047 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27048 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27049 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27050 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27051
27052 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27053 mismatched $'s or braces.
27054
27055 Special commands:
27056 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27057
27058 Mode variables:
27059 tex-run-command
27060 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27061 tex-directory
27062 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27063 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27064 tex-dvi-print-command
27065 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27066 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27067 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27068 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27069 tex-dvi-view-command
27070 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27071 tex-show-queue-command
27072 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27073 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27074
27075 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27076 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27077 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27078
27079 \(fn)" t nil)
27080
27081 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27082 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27083 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27084 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27085 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27086
27087 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27088 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27089 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27090 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27091 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27092 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27093 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27094
27095 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27096 mismatched $'s or braces.
27097
27098 Special commands:
27099 \\{latex-mode-map}
27100
27101 Mode variables:
27102 latex-run-command
27103 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27104 tex-directory
27105 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27106 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27107 tex-dvi-print-command
27108 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27109 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27110 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27111 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27112 tex-dvi-view-command
27113 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27114 tex-show-queue-command
27115 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27116 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27117
27118 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27119 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27120 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27121
27122 \(fn)" t nil)
27123
27124 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27125 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27126 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27127 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27128 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27129
27130 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27131 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27132 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27133 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27134 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27135 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27136 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27137
27138 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27139 mismatched $'s or braces.
27140
27141 Special commands:
27142 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27143
27144 Mode variables:
27145 slitex-run-command
27146 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27147 tex-directory
27148 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27149 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27150 tex-dvi-print-command
27151 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27152 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27153 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27154 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27155 tex-dvi-view-command
27156 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27157 tex-show-queue-command
27158 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27159 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27160
27161 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27162 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27163 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27164 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27165
27166 \(fn)" t nil)
27167
27168 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27169
27170
27171 \(fn)" nil nil)
27172
27173 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27174 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27175
27176 \(fn)" t nil)
27177
27178 ;;;***
27179 \f
27180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21607 56025
27181 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
27182 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27183
27184 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27185 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27186 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27187 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27188
27189 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27190 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27191 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27192
27193 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27194
27195 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27196 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27197 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27198 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27199 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27200
27201 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27202
27203 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27204 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27205 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27206 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27207
27208 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27209 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27210 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27211 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27212
27213 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27214 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27215
27216 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27217
27218 ;;;***
27219 \f
27220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21607 56025
27221 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
27222 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27223
27224 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27225 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27226
27227 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27228
27229 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27230 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27231
27232 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27233
27234 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27235 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27236
27237 It has these extra commands:
27238 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27239
27240 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27241 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27242 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27243 modified version of TeX input format.
27244
27245 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27246 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27247 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27248 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27249
27250 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27251 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27252 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27253 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27254 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27255 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27256 in the Texinfo file.
27257
27258 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27259 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27260 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27261 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27262 move forward past the closing brace.
27263
27264 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27265 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27266
27267 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27268 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27269 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27270
27271 Here are the functions:
27272
27273 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27274 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27275 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27276
27277 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27278 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27279 texinfo-master-menu
27280
27281 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27282
27283 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27284 which menu descriptions are indented.
27285
27286 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27287 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27288 in the region.
27289
27290 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27291 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27292 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27293 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27294
27295 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27296 be the first node in the file.
27297
27298 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27299 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27300
27301 \(fn)" t nil)
27302
27303 ;;;***
27304 \f
27305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21607
27306 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
27307 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27308
27309 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27310 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27311 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27312 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27313
27314 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27315
27316 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27317 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27318
27319 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27320
27321 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27322 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27323
27324 \(fn)" t nil)
27325
27326 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27327
27328
27329 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27330
27331 ;;;***
27332 \f
27333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21607 56025 801549
27334 ;;;;;; 101000))
27335 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27336
27337 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27338 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27339 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27340 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27341 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27342 `line', and `page'.
27343
27344 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27345
27346 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27347 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27348 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27349 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27350 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27351 `line', and `page'.
27352
27353 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27354 valid THING.
27355
27356 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27357 positions of the thing found.
27358
27359 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27360
27361 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27362 Return the THING at point.
27363 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27364 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27365 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27366 `line', `number', and `page'.
27367
27368 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27369 strip text properties from the return value.
27370
27371 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27372 a symbol as a valid THING.
27373
27374 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27375
27376 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27377 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27378
27379 \(fn)" nil nil)
27380
27381 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27382 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27383
27384 \(fn)" nil nil)
27385
27386 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27387 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27388
27389 \(fn)" nil nil)
27390
27391 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27392 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27393
27394 \(fn)" nil nil)
27395
27396 ;;;***
27397 \f
27398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
27399 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27400
27401 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27402 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27403
27404 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27405
27406 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27407 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27408 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27409 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27410
27411 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27412
27413 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27414 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27415
27416 \(fn)" t nil)
27417
27418 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27419 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27420
27421 \(fn)" t nil)
27422
27423 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27424
27425 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27426 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27427
27428 \(fn)" t nil)
27429
27430 ;;;***
27431 \f
27432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21607
27433 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
27434 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27435
27436 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27437 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27438 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27439
27440 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27441
27442 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27443 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27444
27445 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27446
27447 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27448 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27449 The returned string has no composition information.
27450
27451 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27452
27453 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27454 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27455
27456 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27457
27458 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27459 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27460
27461 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27462
27463 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27464 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27465 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27466 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27467
27468 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27469
27470 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27471 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27472 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27473 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27474
27475 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27476
27477 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27478 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27479 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27480
27481 \(fn)" t nil)
27482
27483 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27484 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27485 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27486
27487 \(fn)" t nil)
27488
27489 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27490
27491
27492 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27493
27494 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27495
27496
27497 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27498
27499 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27500
27501
27502 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27503
27504 ;;;***
27505 \f
27506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21607 56059
27507 ;;;;;; 804396 982000))
27508 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27509 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27510
27511 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27512 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27513 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27514 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27515 parameters.
27516 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27517
27518 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27519
27520 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27521 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27522 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27523 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27524 parameters.
27525 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27526
27527 \(fn)" t nil)
27528
27529 ;;;***
27530 \f
27531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
27532 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27533
27534 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27535 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27536
27537 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27538 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27539
27540 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27541 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27542 This display updates automatically every minute.
27543 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27544 are displayed as well.
27545 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27546
27547 \(fn)" t nil)
27548
27549 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27550 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27551 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27552 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27553 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27554 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27555
27556 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27557
27558 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27559 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27560 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27561 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27562 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27563
27564 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27565 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27566 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27567 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27568 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27569
27570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27571
27572 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27573 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27574 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27575 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27576
27577 \(fn)" t nil)
27578
27579 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27580 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27581 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27582 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27583
27584 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27585
27586 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27587 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27588
27589 \(fn)" t nil)
27590
27591 ;;;***
27592 \f
27593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21607
27594 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
27595 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27596
27597 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27598 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27599 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27600
27601 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27602 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27603 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27604 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27605 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27606 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27607
27608 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27609 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27610
27611 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27612
27613 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27614 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27615
27616 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27617
27618 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27619 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27620
27621 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27622
27623 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27624 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27625 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27626
27627 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27628
27629 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27630
27631 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27632 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27633 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27634
27635 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27636
27637 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27638 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27639
27640 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27641
27642 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27643 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27644 DATE should be a date-time string.
27645
27646 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27647
27648 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27649 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27650 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27651
27652 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27653
27654 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27655 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27656
27657 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27658
27659 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27660 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27661
27662 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27663
27664 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27665 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27666 TIME should be a time value.
27667 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27668
27669 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27670
27671 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27672 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27673 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27674
27675 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27676
27677 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27678 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27679 The valid format specifiers are:
27680 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27681 %d is the number of days.
27682 %h is the number of hours.
27683 %m is the number of minutes.
27684 %s is the number of seconds.
27685 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27686 %% is a literal \"%\".
27687
27688 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27689 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27690
27691 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27692 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27693 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27694
27695 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27696 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27697 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27698
27699 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27700
27701 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27702
27703 ;;;***
27704 \f
27705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21607 56025 801549
27706 ;;;;;; 101000))
27707 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27708 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27709 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27710 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27711 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27712 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27713 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27714 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27715 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27716
27717 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27718 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27719 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27720 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27721 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27722 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27723 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27724 look like one of the following:
27725 Time-stamp: <>
27726 Time-stamp: \" \"
27727 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27728 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27729 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27730 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27731 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27732 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27733 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27734 the template.
27735
27736 \(fn)" t nil)
27737
27738 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27739 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27740 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27741
27742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27743
27744 ;;;***
27745 \f
27746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21607
27747 ;;;;;; 56058 801550 360000))
27748 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27749 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27750
27751 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27752 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27753 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27755 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27756 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27757
27758 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27759
27760 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27761 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27762 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27763 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27764 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27765 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27766 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27767 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27768 display (non-nil means on).
27769
27770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27771
27772 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27773 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27774 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27775 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27776 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27777 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27778 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27779 this function is called within a day.
27780
27781 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27782 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27783 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27784 discover the name of the project.
27785
27786 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27787
27788 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27789 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27790 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27791 begun during the last time segment.
27792
27793 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27794 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27795 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27796 discover the reason.
27797
27798 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27799
27800 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27801 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27802 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27803 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27804 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27805
27806 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27807
27808 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27809 Change to working on a different project.
27810 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27811 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27812 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27813 working on.
27814
27815 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27816
27817 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27818 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27819 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27820
27821 \(fn)" nil nil)
27822
27823 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27824 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27825 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27826
27827 \(fn)" t nil)
27828
27829 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27830 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27831 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27832 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27833 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27834 \"relative to today\".
27835
27836 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27837
27838 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27839 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27840 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27841 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27842
27843 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27844
27845 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27846 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27847 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27848 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27849 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27850 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27851
27852 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27853
27854 ;;;***
27855 \f
27856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27857 ;;;;;; (21607 56024 801559 72000))
27858 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27859
27860 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27861 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27862 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27863 the generated Quail package is saved.
27864
27865 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27866
27867 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27868 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27869 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27870 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27871 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27872 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27873 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27874
27875 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27876
27877 ;;;***
27878 \f
27879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
27880 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27881 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27882 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27883
27884 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27885 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27886 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27887 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27888 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27889
27890 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27891 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27892 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27893
27894 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27895
27896 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27897 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27898 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27899 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27900 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27901
27902 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27903
27904 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27905 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27906 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27907 in the menu in two ways:
27908 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27909 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27910 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27911
27912 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27913 keymap or an alist of alists.
27914 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27915 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27916
27917 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27918
27919 ;;;***
27920 \f
27921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21623
27922 ;;;;;; 5708 80843 798000))
27923 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27924
27925 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27926 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27927
27928 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27929 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27930 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27931 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27932 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27933 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27934 file was last visited.
27935
27936 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27937 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27938 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27939 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27940 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27941 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27942 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27943 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27944 for the first item.
27945
27946 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27947 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27948 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27949 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27950 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27951 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27952 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27953 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27954
27955 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27956 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27957 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27958 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27959 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27960
27961 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27962 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27963
27964 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27965
27966 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27967 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27968
27969 \\{todo-mode-map}
27970
27971 \(fn)" t nil)
27972
27973 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27974 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27975
27976 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27977
27978 \(fn)" t nil)
27979
27980 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27981 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27982
27983 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27984
27985 \(fn)" t nil)
27986
27987 ;;;***
27988 \f
27989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21607 56025 801549
27990 ;;;;;; 101000))
27991 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27992
27993 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27994 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27995 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27996
27997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27998
27999 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28000 Add an item to the tool bar.
28001 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28002 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28003 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28004 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28005
28006 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28007 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28008 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28009 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28010
28011 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28012 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28013
28014 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28015
28016 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28017 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28018 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28019 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28020 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28021 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28022
28023 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28024 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28025 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28026 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28027
28028 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28029
28030 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28031 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28032 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28033 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28034 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28035 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28036 properties to add to the binding.
28037
28038 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28039
28040 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28041 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28042
28043 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28044
28045 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28046 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28047 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28048 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28049 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28050 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28051 properties to add to the binding.
28052
28053 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28054 holds a keymap.
28055
28056 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28057
28058 ;;;***
28059 \f
28060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21607 56024 300834
28061 ;;;;;; 853000))
28062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28063
28064 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28065 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28066 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28067 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28068 to a tcp server on another machine.
28069
28070 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28071
28072 ;;;***
28073 \f
28074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21607 56024
28075 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
28076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28077
28078 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28079 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28080
28081 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28082
28083 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28084 Helper function to get internal values.
28085 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28086
28087 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28088
28089 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28090 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28091 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28092 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28093
28094 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28095 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28096 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28097 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28098 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28099
28100 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28101 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28102 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28103 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28104
28105 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28106
28107 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28108
28109 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28110 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28111 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28112 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28113
28114 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28115
28116 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28117
28118 ;;;***
28119 \f
28120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21617 53323 210147
28121 ;;;;;; 705000))
28122 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28123
28124 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28125 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28126 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28127
28128 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28129
28130 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28131 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28132
28133 It can have the following values:
28134
28135 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28136 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28137
28138 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28139
28140 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28141 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28142 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28143 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28144
28145 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28146
28147 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28148 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28149 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28150 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28151
28152 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28153 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28154 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28155 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28156 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28157 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28158 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28159 files which are not really Tramp files.
28160
28161 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28162 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28163 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28164 updated after changing this variable.
28165
28166 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28167
28168 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28169 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28170 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28171 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28172
28173 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28174
28175 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28176 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28177 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28178 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28179
28180 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28181 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28182 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28183
28184 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28185 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28186 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28187 updated after changing this variable.
28188
28189 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28190
28191 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28192 Alist of completion handler functions.
28193 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28194 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28195 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28196
28197 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28198 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28199 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28200 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28201
28202 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28203 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28204 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28205
28206 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28207 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28208
28209 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28210 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28211
28212 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28213
28214 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28215
28216
28217 \(fn)" nil nil)
28218
28219 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28220 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28221
28222 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28223
28224 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28225 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28226
28227 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28228
28229 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28230 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28231
28232 \(fn)" t nil)
28233
28234 ;;;***
28235 \f
28236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21607 56025
28237 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
28238 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28239
28240 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28241
28242
28243 \(fn)" nil nil)
28244
28245 ;;;***
28246 \f
28247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21607 56025 801549
28248 ;;;;;; 101000))
28249 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28250
28251 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28252 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28253 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28254 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28255 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28256 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28257 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28258 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28259
28260 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28261 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28262 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28263
28264 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28265 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28266 resumed later.
28267
28268 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28269
28270 ;;;***
28271 \f
28272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21607 56024
28273 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
28274 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28275
28276 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28277
28278
28279 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28280
28281 ;;;***
28282 \f
28283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21607
28284 ;;;;;; 56025 801549 101000))
28285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28286 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28287 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28288 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28289
28290 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28291 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28292 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28293 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28294 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28295 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28296 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28297
28298 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28299
28300 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28301 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28302 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28303 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28304
28305 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28306
28307 \(fn)" t nil)
28308
28309 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28310 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28311 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28312 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28313 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28314 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28315 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28316
28317 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28318 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28319
28320 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28321 \\___/\\
28322 / \\
28323 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28324
28325 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28326
28327 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28328
28329 ;;;***
28330 \f
28331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21607 56025 801549
28332 ;;;;;; 101000))
28333 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28334
28335 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28336 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28337 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28338 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28339 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28340 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28341
28342 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28343
28344 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28345 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28346 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28347
28348 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28349 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28350 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28351 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28352 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28353 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28354 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28355
28356 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28357 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28358
28359 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28360 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28361 reset the keystroke counter.
28362
28363 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28364 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28365 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28366 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28367
28368 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28369 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28370 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28371 `type-break-schedule' command.
28372
28373 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28374 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28375 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28376 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28377 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28378 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28379 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28380 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28381 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28382
28383 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28384 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28385 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28386 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28387 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28388
28389 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28390 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28391 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28392 approximate good values for this.
28393
28394 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28395 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28396
28397 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28398 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28399 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28400 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28401 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28402 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28403
28404 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28405 a typing break occur. They include:
28406
28407 `type-break-query-mode'
28408 `type-break-query-function'
28409 `type-break-query-interval'
28410
28411 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28412
28413 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28414 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28415 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28416 problems.
28417
28418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28419
28420 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28421 Take a typing break.
28422
28423 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28424 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28425
28426 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28427 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28428
28429 \(fn)" t nil)
28430
28431 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28432 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28433 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28434 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28435
28436 \(fn)" t nil)
28437
28438 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28439 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28440
28441 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28442 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28443 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28444 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28445 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28446 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28447 average typing speed.)
28448
28449 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28450 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28451 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28452 the computed maximum threshold.
28453
28454 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28455 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28456 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28457 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28458 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28459
28460 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28461
28462 ;;;***
28463 \f
28464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
28465 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28466
28467 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28468 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28469 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28470 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28471 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28472
28473 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28474
28475 ;;;***
28476 \f
28477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28478 ;;;;;; (21607 56024 801559 72000))
28479 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28480
28481 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28482 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28483
28484 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28485
28486 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28487 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28488
28489 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28490
28491 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28492 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28493
28494 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28495
28496 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28497 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28498
28499 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28500
28501 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28502 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28503
28504 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28505
28506 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28507 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28508
28509 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28510
28511 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28512 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28513
28514 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28515
28516 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28517 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28518
28519 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28520
28521 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28522 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28523
28524 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28525
28526 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28527 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28528
28529 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28530
28531 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28532 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28533
28534 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28535
28536 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28537 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28538
28539 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28540
28541 ;;;***
28542 \f
28543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21607
28544 ;;;;;; 56025 801549 101000))
28545 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28546
28547 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28548 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28549 Works by overstriking underscores.
28550 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28551 which specify the range to operate on.
28552
28553 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28554
28555 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28556 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28557 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28558 which specify the range to operate on.
28559
28560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28561
28562 ;;;***
28563 \f
28564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21607 56024 801559
28565 ;;;;;; 72000))
28566 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28567
28568 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28569 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28570 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28571 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28572 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28573 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28574
28575 \(fn)" nil nil)
28576
28577 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28578 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28579 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28580
28581 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28582
28583 ;;;***
28584 \f
28585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21607 56024
28586 ;;;;;; 300834 853000))
28587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28588
28589 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28590 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28591 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28592 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28593
28594 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28595
28596 ;;;***
28597 \f
28598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21607 56059 804396 982000))
28599 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28600
28601 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28602 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28603 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28604 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28605 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28606
28607 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28608 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28609 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28610 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28611 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28612 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28613
28614 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28615 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28616 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28617
28618 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28619 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28620 the callback is not called).
28621
28622 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28623 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28624 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28625 take effect.
28626
28627 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28628 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28629 the server.
28630 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28631 URL-encoded before it's used.
28632
28633 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28634
28635 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28636 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28637 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28638 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28639 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28640
28641 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28642
28643 ;;;***
28644 \f
28645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21607 56025 801549
28646 ;;;;;; 101000))
28647 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28648
28649 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28650 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28651 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28652
28653 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28654 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28655 `url-generic-parse-url'
28656 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28657 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28658 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28659 realm
28660 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28661 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28662 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28663 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28664 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28665 what type of auth to use
28666 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28667 if one cannot be found in the cache
28668
28669 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28670
28671 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28672 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28673
28674 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28675 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28676 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28677 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28678 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28679 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28680 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28681 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28682
28683 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28684
28685 ;;;***
28686 \f
28687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21607 56059
28688 ;;;;;; 804396 982000))
28689 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28690
28691 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28692 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28693
28694 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28695
28696 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28697 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28698 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28699
28700 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28701
28702 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28703 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28704
28705 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28706
28707 ;;;***
28708 \f
28709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21607 56025 801549
28710 ;;;;;; 101000))
28711 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28712
28713 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28714
28715
28716 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28717
28718 ;;;***
28719 \f
28720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21607 56059 804396
28721 ;;;;;; 982000))
28722 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28723
28724 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28725 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28726 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28727
28728 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28729
28730 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28731 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28732 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28733 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28734
28735 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28736 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28737 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28738 though.
28739
28740 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28741
28742 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28743 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28744 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28745
28746 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28747
28748 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28749
28750
28751 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28752
28753 ;;;***
28754 \f
28755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21607 56025 801549
28756 ;;;;;; 101000))
28757 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28758
28759 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28760 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28761
28762 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28763
28764 ;;;***
28765 \f
28766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21607 56059 804396
28767 ;;;;;; 982000))
28768 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28769
28770 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28771 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28772
28773 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28774
28775 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28776 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28777 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28778 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28779 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28780
28781 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28782
28783 ;;;***
28784 \f
28785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21607
28786 ;;;;;; 56059 804396 982000))
28787 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28788
28789 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28790 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28791 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28793 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28794 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28795
28796 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28797
28798 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28799 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28800 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28801 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28802 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28803
28804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28805
28806 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28807 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28808 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28809 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28810
28811 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28812
28813 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28814 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28815 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28816 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28817 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28818 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28819 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28820 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28821 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28822 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28823
28824 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28825
28826 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28827 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28828 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28829 accessible.
28830
28831 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28832
28833 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28834
28835
28836 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28837
28838 ;;;***
28839 \f
28840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21607 56059 804396
28841 ;;;;;; 982000))
28842 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28843 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28844
28845 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28846 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28847 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28848 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28849 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28850
28851 ;;;***
28852 \f
28853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21607 56025 801549
28854 ;;;;;; 101000))
28855 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28856
28857 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28858
28859
28860 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28861
28862 ;;;***
28863 \f
28864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21607 56025 801549
28865 ;;;;;; 101000))
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28867
28868 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28869 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28870 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28871 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28872 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28873
28874 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28875
28876 ;;;***
28877 \f
28878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21607 56025
28879 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
28880 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28881
28882 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28883
28884
28885 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28886
28887 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28888 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28889
28890 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28891
28892 ;;;***
28893 \f
28894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21607 56025 801549
28895 ;;;;;; 101000))
28896 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28897
28898 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28899 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28900
28901 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28902
28903 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28904 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28905
28906 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28907
28908 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28909
28910
28911 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28912
28913 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28914
28915 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28916
28917 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28918
28919 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28920 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28921
28922 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28923
28924 ;;;***
28925 \f
28926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21607 56025 801549
28927 ;;;;;; 101000))
28928 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28929
28930 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28931
28932
28933 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28934
28935 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28936
28937
28938 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28939
28940 ;;;***
28941 \f
28942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21607 56025 801549
28943 ;;;;;; 101000))
28944 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28945
28946 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28947
28948
28949 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28950
28951 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28952
28953
28954 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28955
28956 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28957
28958
28959 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28960
28961 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28962
28963
28964 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28965
28966 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28967
28968
28969 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28970
28971 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28972
28973
28974 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28975
28976 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28977
28978
28979 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28980
28981 ;;;***
28982 \f
28983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21607 56025
28984 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
28985 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28986
28987 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28988 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28989
28990 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28991
28992 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28993 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28994 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28995
28996 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28997 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28998 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28999 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29000 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29001 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29002 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29003 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29004 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29005 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29006 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29007 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29008 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29009 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29010
29011 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29012 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29013 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29014
29015 Here is an example. The URL
29016
29017 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29018
29019 parses to
29020
29021 TYPE = \"foo\"
29022 USER = \"bob\"
29023 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29024 HOST = \"example.com\"
29025 PORTSPEC = 42
29026 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29027 TARGET = \"nose\"
29028 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29029 FULLNESS = t
29030
29031 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29032
29033 ;;;***
29034 \f
29035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21607 56025
29036 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
29037 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29038
29039 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29040 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29041
29042 \(fn)" t nil)
29043
29044 ;;;***
29045 \f
29046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21607 56025
29047 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
29048 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29049
29050 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29051 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29052 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29053 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29054 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29055 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29056
29057 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29058
29059 ;;;***
29060 \f
29061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21607 56059 804396
29062 ;;;;;; 982000))
29063 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29064
29065 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29066 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29067 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29068
29069 If t, all messages will be logged.
29070 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29071 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29072
29073 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29074
29075 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29076
29077
29078 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29079
29080 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29081
29082
29083 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29084
29085 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29086 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29087 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29088 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29089 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29090 & ==> &amp;
29091 < ==> &lt;
29092 > ==> &gt;
29093 \" ==> &quot;
29094
29095 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29096
29097 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29098 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29099 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29100
29101 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29102
29103 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29104 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29105 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29106
29107 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29108
29109 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29110 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29111
29112 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29113
29114 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29115 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29116
29117 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29118
29119 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29120 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29121
29122 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29123
29124 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29125
29126
29127 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29128
29129 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29130
29131
29132 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29133
29134 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29135
29136 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29137 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29138
29139 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29140
29141 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29142 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29143
29144 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29145
29146 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29147
29148
29149 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29150
29151 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29152 Build a query-string.
29153
29154 Given a QUERY in the form:
29155 '((key1 val1)
29156 (key2 val2)
29157 (key3 val1 val2)
29158 (key4)
29159 (key5 \"\"))
29160
29161 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29162
29163 This will return a string
29164 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29165 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29166 be used.
29167
29168 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29169
29170 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29171 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29172
29173 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29174
29175 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29176 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29177 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29178 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29179 forbidden in URL encoding.
29180
29181 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29182
29183 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29184 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29185 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29186 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29187 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29188 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29189
29190 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29191 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29192 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29193 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29194
29195 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29196
29197 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29198 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29199 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29200 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29201 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29202 should return it unchanged.
29203
29204 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29205
29206 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29207 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29208 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29209 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29210
29211 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29212
29213 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29214 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29215 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29216
29217 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29218
29219 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29220 View the current document's URL.
29221 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29222 the minibuffer.
29223
29224 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29225
29226 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29227
29228 ;;;***
29229 \f
29230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21607 56025 801549
29231 ;;;;;; 101000))
29232 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29233
29234 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29235 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29236 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29237 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29238 to refrain from editing the file
29239 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29240 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29241 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29242 in any way you like.
29243
29244 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29245
29246 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29247 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29248 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29249 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29250 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29251
29252 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29253 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29254
29255 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29256
29257 ;;;***
29258 \f
29259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21607 56024
29260 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
29261 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29262
29263 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29264
29265
29266 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29267
29268 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29269
29270
29271 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29272
29273 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29274
29275
29276 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29277
29278 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29279
29280
29281 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29282
29283 ;;;***
29284 \f
29285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
29286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29287
29288 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29289 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29290
29291 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29292
29293 ;;;***
29294 \f
29295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21607 56024
29296 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
29297 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29298
29299 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29300 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29301 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29302 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29303
29304 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29305
29306 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29307 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29308 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29309
29310 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29311
29312 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29313 Uudecode region between START and END.
29314 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29315
29316 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29317
29318 ;;;***
29319 \f
29320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21613 56261 180128 217000))
29321 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29322
29323 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29324 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29325 See `run-hooks'.")
29326
29327 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29328
29329 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29330 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29331 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29332
29333 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29334
29335 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29336 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29337 See `run-hooks'.")
29338
29339 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29340
29341 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29342 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29343 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29344 same state. If not, signal an error.
29345
29346 For merging-based version control systems:
29347 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29348 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29349 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29350 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29351 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29352 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29353
29354 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29355 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29356 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29357 the file(s) for editing.
29358 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29359 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29360 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29361 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29362 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29363 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29364
29365 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29366
29367 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29368 Register into a version control system.
29369 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29370 Otherwise register the current file.
29371 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29372 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29373
29374 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29375 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29376 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29377 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29378 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29379 first backend that could register the file is used.
29380
29381 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29382
29383 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29384 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29385
29386 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29387
29388 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29389 Display diffs between file revisions.
29390 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29391 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29392 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29393
29394 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29395 saving the buffer.
29396
29397 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29398
29399 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29400 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29401 repository history using ediff.
29402
29403 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29404
29405 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29406 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29407 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29408 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29409 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29410
29411 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29412 saving the buffer.
29413
29414 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29415
29416 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29417 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29418 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29419 fileset with the working revision.
29420 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29421 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29422
29423 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29424 saving the buffer.
29425
29426 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29427
29428 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29429 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29430 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29431 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29432
29433 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29434
29435 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29436 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29437 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29438 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29439
29440 \(fn)" t nil)
29441
29442 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29443 Perform a version control merge operation.
29444 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29445 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29446 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29447 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29448
29449 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29450 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29451 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29452 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29453 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29454 changes from the current branch.
29455
29456 \(fn)" t nil)
29457
29458 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29459
29460 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29461 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29462 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29463 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29464 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29465 checked out in that new branch.
29466
29467 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29468
29469 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29470 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29471 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29472 named branch in the directory DIR.
29473 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29474 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29475 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29476 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29477 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29478 allowed and simply skipped).
29479
29480 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29481
29482 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29483 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29484 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29485 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29486 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29487
29488 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29489 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29490
29491 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29492
29493 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29494 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29495 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29496 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29497 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29498
29499 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29500
29501 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29502 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29503 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29504
29505 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29506
29507 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29508 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29509 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29510
29511 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29512
29513 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29514 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29515 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29516 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29517
29518 \(fn)" t nil)
29519
29520 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29521 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29522 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29523 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29524
29525 \(fn)" t nil)
29526
29527 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29528
29529 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29530 Update the current fileset or branch.
29531 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29532 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29533 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29534 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29535
29536 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29537 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29538 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29539 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29540 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29541
29542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29543
29544 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29545
29546 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29547 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29548 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29549 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29550 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29551 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29552 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29553
29554 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29555
29556 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29557 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29558 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29559 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29560 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29561 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29562 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29563 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29564 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29565
29566 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29567
29568 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29569 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29570 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29571 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29572
29573 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29574
29575 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29576 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29577 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29578 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29579
29580 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29581
29582 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29583 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29584 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29585 directory.
29586
29587 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29588
29589 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29590 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29591 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29592
29593 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29594 log entries should be gathered.
29595
29596 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29597
29598 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29599 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29600
29601 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29602
29603 ;;;***
29604 \f
29605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21607 56059
29606 ;;;;;; 804396 982000))
29607 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29608
29609 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29610 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29611
29612 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29613 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29614 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29615 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29616 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29617 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29618
29619 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29620 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29621 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29622 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29623 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29624 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29625 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29626 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29627
29628 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29629
29630 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29631
29632 Customization variables:
29633
29634 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29635 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29636 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29637 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29638
29639 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29640
29641 ;;;***
29642 \f
29643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21607 56025 801549
29644 ;;;;;; 101000))
29645 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29646 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29647 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29648 (progn
29649 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29650 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29651
29652 ;;;***
29653 \f
29654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21619 8648 550151
29655 ;;;;;; 780000))
29656 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29657
29658 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29659 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29660
29661 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29662 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29663 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29664 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29665 (progn
29666 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29667 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29668
29669 ;;;***
29670 \f
29671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21607 56059 804396
29672 ;;;;;; 982000))
29673 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29674 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29675 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29676 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29677 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29678 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29679 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29680
29681 ;;;***
29682 \f
29683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21607 56059 804396
29684 ;;;;;; 982000))
29685 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29686
29687 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29688 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29689 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29690 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29691 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29692
29693 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29694 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29695 The file lines appear later.
29696
29697 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29698 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29699
29700 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29701
29702 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29703
29704 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29705
29706 ;;;***
29707 \f
29708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21607
29709 ;;;;;; 56059 804396 982000))
29710 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29711
29712 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29713 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29714 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29715 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29716 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29717 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29718 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29719 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29720 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29721 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29722 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29723 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29724 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29725 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29726 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29727
29728 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29729
29730 ;;;***
29731 \f
29732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21615 11593 522981
29733 ;;;;;; 49000))
29734 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29735 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29736 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29737 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29738 (progn
29739 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29740 (vc-git-registered file))))
29741
29742 ;;;***
29743 \f
29744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21619 8648 550151 780000))
29745 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29746 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29747 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29748 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29749 (progn
29750 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29751 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29752
29753 ;;;***
29754 \f
29755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21607 56025 801549
29756 ;;;;;; 101000))
29757 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29758
29759 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29760 Name of the monotone directory.")
29761
29762 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29763 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29764 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29765 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29766 (progn
29767 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29768 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29769
29770 ;;;***
29771 \f
29772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21607 56059 804396
29773 ;;;;;; 982000))
29774 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29775
29776 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29777 Where to look for RCS master files.
29778 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29779
29780 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29781
29782 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29783
29784 ;;;***
29785 \f
29786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21607 56025 801549
29787 ;;;;;; 101000))
29788 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29789
29790 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29791 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29792 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29793
29794 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29795
29796 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29797
29798 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29799 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29800 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29801 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29802
29803 ;;;***
29804 \f
29805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21607 56025 801549
29806 ;;;;;; 101000))
29807 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29808 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29809 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29810 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29811 "_svn")
29812 (t ".svn"))))
29813 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29814 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29815 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29816
29817 ;;;***
29818 \f
29819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21607
29820 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
29821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29822 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29823 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29824
29825 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29826 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29827
29828 Usage:
29829 ------
29830
29831 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29832 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29833 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29834 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29835
29836 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29837 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29838 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29839 completions.
29840
29841 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29842 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29843
29844 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29845 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29846
29847 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29848 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29849 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29850
29851 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29852
29853
29854 Maintenance:
29855 ------------
29856
29857 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29858 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29859
29860 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29861
29862 Official distribution is at
29863 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29864
29865
29866 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29867 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29868
29869 Key bindings:
29870 -------------
29871
29872 \\{vera-mode-map}
29873
29874 \(fn)" t nil)
29875
29876 ;;;***
29877 \f
29878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29879 ;;;;;; (21607 56059 303525 127000))
29880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29881
29882 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29883 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29884 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29885 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29886 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29887
29888 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29889
29890 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29891 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29892
29893 Supports highlighting.
29894
29895 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29896 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29897
29898 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29899
29900 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29901 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29902 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29903 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29904 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29905 on the left side of your screen.
29906 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29907 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29908 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29909 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29910 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29911 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29912 function keyword.
29913 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29914 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29915 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29916 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29917 if (a)
29918 begin
29919 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29920 Indentation for case statements.
29921 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29922 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29923 mark after an end.
29924 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29925 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29926 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29927 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29928 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29929 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29930 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29931 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29932 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29933 if (a)
29934 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29935 otherwise you get:
29936 if (a)
29937 begin
29938 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29939 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29940 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29941 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29942 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29943 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29944 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29945 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29946 comments in tight quarters.
29947 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29948 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29949
29950 Variables controlling other actions:
29951
29952 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29953 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29954 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29955
29956 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29957
29958 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29959
29960 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29961 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29962 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29963
29964 Some other functions are:
29965
29966 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29967 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29968 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29969 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29970 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29971
29972 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29973 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29974 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29975 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29976
29977 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29978 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29979 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29980 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29981 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29985 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29986 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29987 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29988 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29989 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29990 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29991 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29992 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29993 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29994 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29995 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29996 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29997 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29998 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29999 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30000 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30001 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30002 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30003 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30004 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30005 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30006 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30007 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30008
30009 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30010 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30011
30012 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30013
30014 \(fn)" t nil)
30015
30016 ;;;***
30017 \f
30018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21607
30019 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
30020 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30021
30022 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30023 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30024
30025 Usage:
30026 ------
30027
30028 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30029 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30030 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30031 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30032 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30033 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30034 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30035 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30036 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30037
30038 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30039 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30040 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30041 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30042
30043 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30044 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30045 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30046 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30047 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30048
30049 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30050 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30051
30052
30053 HEADER INSERTION:
30054 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30055 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30056 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30057
30058
30059 STUTTERING:
30060 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30061 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30062 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30063 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30064
30065 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30066 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30067 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30068 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30069 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30070
30071
30072 WORD COMPLETION:
30073 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30074 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30075 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30076 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30077
30078 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30079 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30080 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30081 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30082 beginning with \"std\").
30083
30084 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30085 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30086 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30087 stop.
30088
30089
30090 COMMENTS:
30091 `--' puts a single comment.
30092 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30093 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30094 with a comment in between.
30095 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30096 out following lines.
30097 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30098 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30099 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30100 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30101
30102 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30103 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30104 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30105 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30106 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30107 non-nil.
30108
30109 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30110 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30111 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30112 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30113 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30114 multi-line comments.
30115
30116
30117 INDENTATION:
30118 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30119 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30120 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30121 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30122 the entire region.
30123
30124 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30125 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30126 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30127 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30128
30129 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30130 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30131 and vice versa.
30132
30133 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30134 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30135
30136 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30137 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30138 line.
30139
30140
30141 ALIGNMENT:
30142 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30143 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30144 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30145 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30146 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30147 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30148 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30149 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30150
30151 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30152 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30153 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30154 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30155 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30156 is non-nil.
30157
30158 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30159 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30160 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30161
30162 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30163 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30164
30165
30166 CODE FILLING:
30167 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30168 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30169 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30170 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30171 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30172 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30173
30174
30175 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30176 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30177 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30178 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30179 command:
30180
30181 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30182
30183
30184 PORT TRANSLATION:
30185 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30186 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30187 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30188 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30189 internal signal initializations (menu).
30190
30191 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30192 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30193 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30194
30195 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30196 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30197 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30198 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30199 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30200 in subsequent paste operations.)
30201
30202 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30203 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30204 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30205
30206
30207 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30208 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30209 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30210 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30211 association list with formals).
30212
30213
30214 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30215 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30216 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30217 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30218 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30219 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30220 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30221 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30222 `vhdl-testbench'.
30223
30224
30225 KEY BINDINGS:
30226 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30227
30228
30229 VHDL MENU:
30230 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30231
30232
30233 FILE BROWSER:
30234 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30235 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30236 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30237
30238 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30239 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30240
30241
30242 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30243 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30244 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30245 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30246
30247 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30248 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30249 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30250
30251 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30252 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30253 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30254 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30255
30256 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30257 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30258 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30259 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30260 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30261
30262 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30263 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30264 required by secondary units.
30265
30266
30267 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30268 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30269 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30270 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30271 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30272 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30273 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30274 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30275 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30276 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30277 inputs to this component -> input port created
30278 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30279 outputs from this component -> output port created
30280 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30281 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30282
30283 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30284 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30285 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30286 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30287 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30288
30289 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30290 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30291
30292 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30293 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30294 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30295 component instantiation is also supported (option
30296 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30297
30298 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30299 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30300 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30301 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30302 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30303 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30304 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30305 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30306 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30307 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30308 generating the configuration.
30309
30310 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30311 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30312 configurations in speedbar.
30313
30314 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30315
30316
30317 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30318 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30319 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30320 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30321 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30322 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30323 information. New compilers can be added.
30324
30325 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30326 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30327
30328
30329 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30330 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30331 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30332 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30333 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30334
30335 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30336 command:
30337
30338 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30339 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30340 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30341
30342 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30343 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30344 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30345 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30346 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30347 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30348 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30349 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30350 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30351
30352 Limitations:
30353 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30354 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30355 not (yet) supported.
30356 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30357 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30358 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30359
30360
30361 PROJECTS:
30362 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30363 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30364 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30365 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30366 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30367 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30368 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30369 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30370
30371 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30372 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30373 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30374 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30375 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30376 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30377 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30378 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30379 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30380 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30381 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30382
30383
30384 SPECIAL MENUES:
30385 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30386 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30387 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30388 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30389 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30390 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30391 current directory for VHDL source files.
30392
30393
30394 VHDL STANDARDS:
30395 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30396 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30397
30398
30399 KEYWORD CASE:
30400 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30401 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30402 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30403 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30404 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30405 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30406 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30407 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30408
30409
30410 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30411 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30412 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30413 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30414 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30415 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30416 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30417
30418 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30419 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30420 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30421 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30422 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30423 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30424
30425 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30426 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30427 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30428 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30429 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30430 visually.
30431
30432 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30433 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30434 highlighted if written in lower case.
30435
30436 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30437 highlighted using a different background color if option
30438 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30439
30440 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30441 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30442 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30443 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30444 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30445
30446
30447 USER MODELS:
30448 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30449 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30450 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30451
30452
30453 HIDE/SHOW:
30454 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30455 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30456 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30457 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30458 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30459
30460
30461 CODE UPDATING:
30462 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30463 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30464 Limitations:
30465 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30466 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30467 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30468 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30469 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30470 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30471 (used to obtain the port names).
30472 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30473 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30474 sensitivity lists.
30475
30476
30477 CODE FIXING:
30478 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30479 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30480
30481
30482 PRINTING:
30483 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30484 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30485 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30486 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30487 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30488 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30489 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30490 printers.
30491
30492
30493 OPTIONS:
30494 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30495 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30496 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30497 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30498 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30499
30500 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30501 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30502 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30503 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30504 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30505 INSTALL file).
30506
30507 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30508 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30509
30510
30511 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30512 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30513 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30514 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30515
30516 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30517
30518
30519 HINTS:
30520 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30521 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30522
30523 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30524
30525 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30526
30527 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30528
30529
30530 RELEASE NOTES:
30531 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30532
30533
30534 Maintenance:
30535 ------------
30536
30537 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30538 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30539
30540 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30541
30542 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30543 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30544 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30545 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30546
30547 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30548 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30549 where the latest version can be found.
30550
30551
30552 Known problems:
30553 ---------------
30554
30555 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30556 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30557 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30558 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30559
30560
30561 The VHDL Mode Authors
30562 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30563
30564 Key bindings:
30565 -------------
30566
30567 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30568
30569 \(fn)" t nil)
30570
30571 ;;;***
30572 \f
30573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21607
30574 ;;;;;; 56024 801559 72000))
30575 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30576
30577 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30578 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30579
30580 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30581
30582 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30583 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30584 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30585 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30586
30587 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30588
30589 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30590 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30591
30592 \(fn)" t nil)
30593
30594 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30595 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30596 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30597 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30598
30599 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30600
30601 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30602 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30603
30604 \(fn)" t nil)
30605
30606 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30607
30608
30609 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30610
30611 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30612
30613
30614 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30615
30616 ;;;***
30617 \f
30618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
30619 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30620
30621 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30622 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30623 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30624
30625 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30626
30627 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30628 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30629 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30630 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30631
30632 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30633
30634 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30635 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30636
30637 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30638
30639 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30640 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30641 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30642 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30643 moving around in the buffer.
30644 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30645 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30646
30647 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30648
30649 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30650
30651 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30652 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30653 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30654 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30655
30656 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30657 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30658 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30659 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30660 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30661
30662 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30663
30664 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30665
30666 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30667 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30668 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30669 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30670 buffer.
30671
30672 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30673 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30674 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30675 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30676 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30677
30678 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30679
30680 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30681
30682 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30683 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30684 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30685 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30686 moving around in the buffer.
30687 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30688 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30689
30690 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30691
30692 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30693 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30694 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30695
30696 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30697 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30698 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30699 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30700
30701 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30702 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30703 own View-like bindings.
30704
30705 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30706
30707 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30708 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30709 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30710 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30711 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30712 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30713 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30714
30715 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30716
30717 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30718
30719 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30720 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30721 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30722
30723 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30724 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30725 own View-like bindings.
30726
30727 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30728
30729 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30730 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30731 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30732 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30733 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30734 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30735 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30736
30737 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30738
30739 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30740
30741 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30742 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30743 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30744
30745 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30746 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30747 own View-like bindings.
30748
30749 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30750
30751 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30752 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30754 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30755 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30756
30757 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30758 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30759 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30760 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30761
30762 \\<view-mode-map>
30763
30764 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30765 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30766 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30767 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30768 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30769 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30770 to a repeat count of one.
30771
30772 H, h, ? This message.
30773 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30774 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30775 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30776 > move to the end of buffer.
30777 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30778 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30779 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30780 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30781 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30782 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30783 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30784 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30785 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30786 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30787 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30788 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30789 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30790 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30791 Use this to view a changing file.
30792 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30793 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30794 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30795 . set the mark.
30796 x exchanges point and mark.
30797 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30798 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30799 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30800 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30801 ' go to position saved in character register.
30802 s do forward incremental search.
30803 r do reverse incremental search.
30804 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30805 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30806 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30807 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30808 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30809 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30810 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30811 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30812 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30813 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30814 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30815 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30816 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30817 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30818 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30819 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30820 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30821
30822 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30823 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30824 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30825 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30826 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30827 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30828 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30829 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30830 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30831
30832 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30833
30834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30835
30836 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30837 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30838 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30839 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30840 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30841 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30842 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30843 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30844 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30845
30846 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30847
30848 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30849
30850 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30851 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30852 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30853 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30854 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30855 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30856
30857 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30858 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30859 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30860
30861 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30862
30863 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30864
30865 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30866
30867 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30868 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30869
30870 \(fn)" t nil)
30871
30872 ;;;***
30873 \f
30874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21607 56024 300834
30875 ;;;;;; 853000))
30876 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30877 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30878
30879 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30880 Toggle Viper on/off.
30881 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30882
30883 \(fn)" t nil)
30884
30885 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30886 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30887
30888 \(fn)" t nil)
30889
30890 ;;;***
30891 \f
30892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21607
30893 ;;;;;; 56024 300834 853000))
30894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30895
30896 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30897 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30898 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30899 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30900 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30901 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30902 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30903 the beginning of the warning.")
30904
30905 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30906 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30907 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30908 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30909 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30910 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30911 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30912 also call that function before the next warning.")
30913
30914 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30915 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30916
30917 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30918 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30919 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30920 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30921
30922 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30923 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30924 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30925 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30926 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30927 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30928
30929 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30930 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30931 Default is :warning.
30932
30933 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30934 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30935 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30936 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30937 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30938 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30939
30940 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30941 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30942 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30943
30944 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30945
30946 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30947 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30948
30949 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30950
30951 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30952 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30953 \\<special-mode-map>
30954 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30955 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30956
30957 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30958 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30959 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30960 can be whatever you like.)
30961
30962 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30963 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30964
30965 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30966 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30967 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30968 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30969 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30970
30971 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30972
30973 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30974 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30975 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30976 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30977 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30978
30979 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30980
30981 ;;;***
30982 \f
30983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
30984 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30985 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30986
30987 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30988 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30989 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30990 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30991 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30992 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30993 directories to reflect your edits.
30994
30995 See `wdired-mode'.
30996
30997 \(fn)" t nil)
30998
30999 ;;;***
31000 \f
31001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21607 56025 301574
31002 ;;;;;; 889000))
31003 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31004
31005 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31006 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31007
31008 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31009 hotlist.
31010
31011 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31012 <nwv@acm.org>.
31013
31014 \(fn)" t nil)
31015
31016 ;;;***
31017 \f
31018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21607
31019 ;;;;;; 56059 303525 127000))
31020 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31021 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31022 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31023
31024 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31025
31026 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31027 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31028 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31029 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31030 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31031 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31032
31033 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31034
31035 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31036 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31037 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31038 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31039 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31040
31041 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31042 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31043 in certain major modes.
31044
31045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31046
31047 ;;;***
31048 \f
31049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21607 56059 804396
31050 ;;;;;; 982000))
31051 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31052 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31053
31054 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31055 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31056 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31057 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31058 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31059
31060 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31061 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31062
31063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31064
31065 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31066 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31068 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31069 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31070
31071 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31072 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31073 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31074 use `whitespace-mode'.
31075
31076 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31077
31078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31079
31080 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31081 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31082 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31083 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31084 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31085 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31086
31087 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31088
31089 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31090 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31091 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31092 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31093 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31094
31095 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31096 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31097
31098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31099
31100 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31101 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31102 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31104 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31105 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31106
31107 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31108
31109 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31110 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31112 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31113 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31114
31115 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31116 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31117 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31118 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31119
31120 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31121
31122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31123
31124 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31125 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31126
31127 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31128 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31129
31130 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31131 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31132
31133 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31134
31135 CHAR MEANING
31136 (VIA FACES)
31137 f toggle face visualization
31138 t toggle TAB visualization
31139 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31140 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31141 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31142 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31143 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31144 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31145 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31146 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31147 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31148 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31149 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31150 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31151 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31152 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31153 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31154
31155 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31156 T toggle TAB visualization
31157 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31158 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31159
31160 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31161 ? display brief help
31162
31163 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31164 The valid symbols are:
31165
31166 face toggle face visualization
31167 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31168 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31169 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31170 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31171 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31172 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31173 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31174 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31175 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31176 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31177 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31178 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31179 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31180 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31181 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31182 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31183
31184 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31185 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31186 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31187
31188 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31189
31190 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31191
31192 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31193
31194 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31195 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31196
31197 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31198 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31199
31200 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31201 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31202
31203 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31204
31205 CHAR MEANING
31206 (VIA FACES)
31207 f toggle face visualization
31208 t toggle TAB visualization
31209 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31210 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31211 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31212 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31213 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31214 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31215 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31216 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31217 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31218 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31219 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31220 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31221 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31222 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31223 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31224
31225 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31226 T toggle TAB visualization
31227 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31228 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31229
31230 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31231 ? display brief help
31232
31233 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31234 The valid symbols are:
31235
31236 face toggle face visualization
31237 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31238 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31239 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31240 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31241 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31242 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31243 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31244 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31245 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31246 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31247 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31248 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31249 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31250 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31251 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31252 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31253
31254 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31255 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31256 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31257
31258 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31259
31260 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31261
31262 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31263
31264 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31265 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31266
31267 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31268 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31269 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31270 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31271 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31272
31273 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31274
31275 The problems cleaned up are:
31276
31277 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31278 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31279 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31280 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31281
31282 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31283 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31284 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31285 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31286 SPACEs.
31287 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31288 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31289 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31290 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31291
31292 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31293 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31294 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31295 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31296 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31297 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31298 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31299 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31300
31301 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31302 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31303 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31304
31305 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31306 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31307 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31308 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31309 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31310 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31311 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31312 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31313
31314 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31315 documentation.
31316
31317 \(fn)" t nil)
31318
31319 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31320 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31321
31322 The problems cleaned up are:
31323
31324 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31325 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31326 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31327 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31328 SPACEs.
31329 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31330 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31331 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31332 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31333
31334 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31335 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31336 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31337 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31338 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31339 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31340 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31341 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31342
31343 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31344 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31345 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31346
31347 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31348 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31349 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31350 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31351 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31352 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31353 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31354 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31355
31356 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31357 documentation.
31358
31359 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31360
31361 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31362 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31363
31364 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31365 non-nil.
31366
31367 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31368 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31369 `whitespace-style' to have:
31370
31371 empty
31372 trailing
31373 indentation
31374 space-before-tab
31375 space-after-tab
31376
31377 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31378 whitespace problems in buffer.
31379
31380 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31381
31382 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31383 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31384 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31385 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31386 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31387 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31388 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31389
31390 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31391 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31392 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31393 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31394 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31395 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31396 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31397
31398 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31399 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31400 cleaning up these problems.
31401
31402 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31403
31404 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31405 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31406
31407 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31408 non-nil.
31409
31410 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31411 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31412 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31413
31414 empty
31415 indentation
31416 space-before-tab
31417 trailing
31418 space-after-tab
31419
31420 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31421 whitespace problems in buffer.
31422
31423 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31424
31425 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31426 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31427 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31428 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31429 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31430 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31431 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31432
31433 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31434 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31435 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31436 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31437 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31438 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31439 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31440
31441 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31442 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31443 cleaning up these problems.
31444
31445 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31446
31447 ;;;***
31448 \f
31449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21607 56025 801549
31450 ;;;;;; 101000))
31451 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31452
31453 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31454 Browse the widget under point.
31455
31456 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31457
31458 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31459 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31460
31461 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31462
31463 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31464 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31465
31466 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31467
31468 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31469 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31470 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31471 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31472 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31473
31474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31475
31476 ;;;***
31477 \f
31478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21607 56059 804396
31479 ;;;;;; 982000))
31480 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31481
31482 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31483 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31484
31485 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31486
31487 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31488 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31489 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31490
31491 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31492
31493 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31494 Create widget of TYPE.
31495 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31496
31497 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31498
31499 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31500 Delete WIDGET.
31501
31502 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31503
31504 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31505 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31506
31507 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31508
31509 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31510 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31511 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31512 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31513
31514 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31515 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31516
31517 \(fn)" nil nil)
31518
31519 ;;;***
31520 \f
31521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21607 56025 801549
31522 ;;;;;; 101000))
31523 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31524
31525 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31526 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31527 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31528 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31529 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31530 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31531 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31532
31533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31534
31535 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31536 Select the window above the current one.
31537 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31538 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31539 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31540 negative ARG) of the current window.
31541 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31542
31543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31544
31545 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31546 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31547 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31548 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31549 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31550 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31551 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31552
31553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31554
31555 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31556 Select the window below the current one.
31557 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31558 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31559 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31560 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31561 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31562
31563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31564
31565 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31566 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31567 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31568 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31569
31570 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31571
31572 ;;;***
31573 \f
31574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21607 56059 804396 982000))
31575 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31576
31577 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31578 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31579 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31582 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31583
31584 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31585
31586 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31587 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31589 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31590 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31591 \\{winner-mode-map}
31592
31593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31594
31595 ;;;***
31596 \f
31597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21607 56059 804396 982000))
31598 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31599 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31600
31601 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31602 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31603 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31604 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31605 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31606
31607 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31608
31609 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31610 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31611 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31612 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31613 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31614 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31615 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31616 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31617
31618 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31619 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31620
31621 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31622
31623 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31624 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31625
31626 \(fn)" t nil)
31627
31628 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31629 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31630 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31631 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31632 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31633 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31634 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31635 `woman' command for further details.
31636
31637 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31638
31639 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31640 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31641
31642 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31643
31644 ;;;***
31645 \f
31646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21607 56025 801549 101000))
31647 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31648
31649 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31650 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31651 Return the top node with all its children.
31652 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31653
31654 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31655 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31656 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31657
31658 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31659
31660 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31661 namespace to URIs instead.
31662
31663 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31664 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31665
31666 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31667
31668 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31669
31670 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31671
31672 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31673 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31674 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31675 not contain well-formed XML.
31676
31677 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31678 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31679 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31680 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31681 element of the list.
31682 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31683 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31684 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31685
31686 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31687
31688 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31689 namespace to URIs instead.
31690
31691 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31692 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31693
31694 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31695
31696 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31697
31698 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31699
31700 ;;;***
31701 \f
31702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21607 56025 301574
31703 ;;;;;; 889000))
31704 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31705
31706 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31707 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31708 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31709 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31710 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31711 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31712 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31713 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31714 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31715 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31716
31717 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31718
31719 ;;;***
31720 \f
31721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21607 56059 804396
31722 ;;;;;; 982000))
31723 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31724
31725 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31726 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31727 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31728 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31729 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31730 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31731
31732 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31733
31734 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31735 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31736 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31737 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31738 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31739
31740 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31741 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31742 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31743 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31744 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31745 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31746
31747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31748
31749 ;;;***
31750 \f
31751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21607 56024 801559 72000))
31752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31753
31754 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31755 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31756
31757 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31758
31759 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31760 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31761
31762 \(fn)" nil nil)
31763
31764 ;;;***
31765 \f
31766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21607 56025 301574 889000))
31767 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31768
31769 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31770 Zone out, completely.
31771
31772 \(fn)" t nil)
31773
31774 ;;;***
31775 \f
31776 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21628 23968 97140
31983 ;;;;;; 527000))
31984
31985 ;;;***
31986 \f
31987 (provide 'loaddefs)
31988 ;; Local Variables:
31989 ;; version-control: never
31990 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31991 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31992 ;; coding: utf-8
31993 ;; End:
31994 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here